Hanger Inc
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 or ☐   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File Number 1-10670 HANGER, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300, Austin, TX (Address of principal executive offices) 84-0904275 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 78758 (Zip Code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Registrant’s phone number, including area code (512) 777-3800 Title of each class Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share Trading Symbol HNGR Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ⌧ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ⌧ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ⌧ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ⌧ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report x Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ⌧ The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2020, was approximately $376.8 million. As of February 17, 2021 the registrant had 38,147,988 shares of its Common Stock outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates information by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report. Table of Contents Hanger, Inc. Part I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures INDEX Part II Part III Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Part IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Signatures i 1 16 28 28 29 29 30 32 34 64 65 115 115 116 117 117 117 117 117 118 121 122 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS. Business Overview General PART I Hanger, Inc. (“we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading national provider of products and services that assist in enhancing or restoring the physical capabilities of patients with disabilities or injuries, and we and our predecessor companies have provided orthotic and prosthetic (“O&P”) services for nearly 160 years. We provide O&P services, distribute O&P devices and components, manage O&P networks, and provide therapeutic solutions to patients and businesses in acute, post-acute, and clinic settings. We operate through two segments - Patient Care and Products & Services. Our Patient Care segment is primarily comprised of Hanger Clinic, which specializes in the design, fabrication, and delivery of custom O&P devices through 704 patient care clinics and 112 satellite locations in 46 states and the District of Columbia, as of December 31, 2020. We also provide payor network contracting services to other O&P providers through this segment. Our Products & Services segment is comprised of our distribution services and therapeutic solutions businesses. As a leading provider of O&P products in the United States, we engage in the distribution of a broad catalog of O&P parts, componentry, and devices to independent O&P providers nationwide. The other business in our Products & Services segment is our therapeutic solutions business, which develops specialized rehabilitation technologies and provides evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation to patients at approximately 4,000 skilled nursing and post- acute providers nationwide. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, our net revenues were $1,001.2 million, $1,098.0 million, and $1,048.8 million, respectively. We recorded net income of $38.2 million and $27.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and a net loss of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The following table summarizes the percentage of net revenues derived from each of our two operating segments: For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 Patient Care Products & Services 83.1 % 16.9 % 82.5 % 17.5 % 81.8 % 18.2 % See Note T - “Segment and Related Information” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information about our segments. Industry Overview We estimate that approximately $4.3 billion is spent in the United States each year for prescription-based O&P products and services through O&P clinics. Orthotic devices, or “orthoses,” are externally applied devices used to modify the structural and functional characteristics of the neuromuscular and skeletal system. These devices typically are provided to patients suffering from musculoskeletal disorders, such as ailments of the back, extremities, or joints; injuries from sports; or conditions such as cerebral palsy, scoliosis, and stroke. Prosthetic devices, or “prostheses,” are artificial devices that replace a missing limb or portion of a limb. These devices are provided to patients with amputated or congenitally absent limbs to replace the function and appearance of a limb so that patients can resume activities of daily living and work. The most prevalent causes for amputations are from complications due to diabetes, trauma associated with accidents, physical injury, or infection. The industry derives its primary revenue from the evaluation, fabrication, and fitting of custom O&P devices to serve patients needing both new and replacement devices. Additionally, O&P clinics typically provide patients with other non-custom orthotic products, diabetic shoes and inserts, and support patients through the repair and adjustment of their devices. 1 Table of Contents We believe our Patient Care segment currently accounts for approximately 21% of the market, providing a comprehensive portfolio of orthotic, prosthetic, and post-operative solutions to patients in acute, post-acute, and patient care clinic settings. We estimate that the next largest provider of O&P services in the United States is the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”), which operates 79 O&P clinics on behalf of its covered veteran patients. In addition to serving veterans through their own facilities, in certain markets the VA is also a client of Hanger Clinic. Approximately 9% of Hanger Clinic’s revenue is derived from services provided to veteran patients through contracts with the VA. The O&P patient care services market in the United States is highly fragmented and is characterized by regional and local independent O&P businesses operated predominantly by independent operators, but also including two O&P product manufacturers with substantial international patient care services operations. We estimate that our top ten competitors have an average of approximately 37 clinics each, with the smallest having 22 and the largest having 69 clinics. The remainder of the market is served by individual practitioners and smaller regional or market-based firms with approximately twenty or fewer clinics. Based on this, we do not believe that any single competitor accounts for 2% or more of the nation’s total estimated O&P clinic revenues. The industry is characterized by stable, recurring revenues, primarily resulting from new patients as well as the need for periodic replacement and modification of O&P devices. We anticipate that the demand for O&P services will continue to grow as the nation’s population increases, and as a result of several trends, including the aging of the U.S. population, there will be an increase in the prevalence of disease-related disability and the demand for new and advanced devices. We believe the typical replacement time for prosthetic devices is three to five years, while the typical replacement time for orthotic devices varies, depending on the device. We estimate that approximately $1.8 billion is spent in the United States each year by providers of O&P patient care services for the O&P products, components, devices, and supplies used in their businesses. Our Products & Services segment distributes to independent providers of O&P services. We estimate that our distribution sales account for approximately 9% of the market for O&P products, components, devices, and supplies (excluding sales to our Patient Care segment). We estimate the market for rehabilitation technologies, integrated clinical programs, and clinician training in skilled nursing facilities (“SNFs”) to be approximately $150 million annually. We currently provide these products and services to approximately 25% of the estimated 15,000 SNFs located in the U.S. We estimate the market for rehabilitation technologies, clinical programs, and training within the broader post-acute rehabilitation markets to be approximately $400 million annually. We do not currently provide a meaningful amount of products and services to this broader market. Business Strategy Our goal is to be the provider of choice for patients, referring physicians, and customers seeking products and services that enhance human physical capabilities. Our strategy is to pursue the creation of an integrated therapeutic solutions model that will have a strong focus in custom O&P and immediately adjacent markets to provide our patients and customers with a spectrum of services that address their individual needs. To foster growth, we intend to focus on initiatives that will differentiate Hanger from our competitors. Government-led health care reform is driving significant changes to our business environment, with focus on lowering health care costs while improving patient outcomes and satisfaction. As a result, our strategy is focused on enhancing the quality of care to elevate patient satisfaction, investing in processes and technologies to measure and report on patient outcomes and connectedness, and further increasing our profile with referring health care providers and payors. In addition, we are committed to reducing the cost of this care by undertaking several initiatives that include establishing device standards that provide the highest function, durability, and comfort at the lowest cost, reconfiguring our supply chain and fabrication processes, streamlining internal administrative processes, and reducing back-office functions performed within patient care clinics. 2 Table of Contents Business Description Patient Care Our Patient Care segment employs approximately 1,600 clinical prosthetists, orthotists, and pedorthists, which we refer to as clinicians, substantially all of which are certified by either the American Board for Certification (“ABC”) or the Board of Certification of Orthotists and Prosthetists, which are the two boards that certify O&P clinicians. To facilitate timely service to our patients, we also employ technicians, fitters, and other ancillary providers to assist our clinicians in the performance of their duties. Through this segment, we additionally provide network contracting services to independent providers of O&P. Patients are typically referred to Hanger Clinic by an attending physician who determines a patient’s treatment and writes a prescription. Our clinicians then consult with both the referring physician and the patient with a view toward assisting in the selection of an orthotic or prosthetic device to meet the patient’s needs. O&P devices are increasingly technologically advanced and custom designed to add functionality and comfort to patients’ lives, shorten the rehabilitation process, and lower the cost of rehabilitation. Based on the prescription written by a referring physician, our clinicians examine and evaluate the patient and either design a custom device or, in the case of certain orthotic needs, utilize a non-custom device, including, in appropriate circumstances, an “off the shelf” device, to address the patient’s needs. When fabricating a device, our clinicians ascertain the specific requirements, componentry, and measurements necessary for the construction of the device. Custom devices are constructed using componentry provided by a variety of third party manufacturers that specialize in O&P, coupled with sockets and other elements that are fabricated by our clinicians and technicians, to meet the individual patient’s physical and ambulatory needs. Our clinicians and technicians typically utilize castings, electronic scans, and other techniques to fabricate items that are specialized for the patient. After fabricating the device, a fitting process is undertaken and adjustments are made to ensure the achievement of proper alignment, fit, and patient comfort. The fitting process often involves several stages to successfully achieve desired functional and cosmetic results. Given the differing physical weight and size characteristics, location of injury or amputation, capability for physical activity and mobility, cosmetic, and other needs of each individual patient, each fabricated prosthesis and orthosis is customized for each particular patient. These custom devices are commonly fabricated at one of our regional or national fabrication facilities. We have earned a reputation within the O&P industry for the development and use of innovative technology in our products, which has increased patient comfort and capability and can significantly enhance the rehabilitation process. We utilize multiple scanning and imaging technologies in the fabrication process, depending on the patient’s individual needs, including our proprietary Insignia scanning system. The Insignia system scans the patient and produces an accurate computer-generated image, resulting in a faster turnaround for the patient’s device and a more professional overall experience. In recent years, we have established a centralized revenue cycle management organization that assists our clinics in pre-authorization, patient eligibility, denial management, collections, payor audit coordination, and other accounts receivable processes. The principal reimbursement sources for our services are: ● Commercial private payors and other non-governmental organizations, which consist of individuals, rehabilitation providers, commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”), hospitals, vocational rehabilitation centers, workers’ compensation programs, third party administrators, and similar sources; ● Medicare, a federally funded health insurance program providing health insurance coverage for persons aged 65 or older and certain persons with disabilities; ● Medicaid, a health insurance program jointly funded by federal and state governments providing health insurance coverage for certain persons requiring financial assistance, regardless of age, which may supplement Medicare benefits for persons aged 65 or older requiring financial assistance; and ● the VA. 3 Table of Contents We typically enter into contracts with third party payors that allow us to perform O&P services for a referred patient and to be reimbursed for our services. These contracts usually have a stated term of one to three years and generally may be terminated without cause by either party on 60 to 90 days’ notice, or on 30 days’ notice if we have not complied with certain licensing, certification, program standards, Medicare or Medicaid requirements, or other regulatory requirements. Reimbursement for services is typically based on a fee schedule negotiated with the third party payor that reflects various factors, including market conditions, geographic area, and number of persons covered. Many of our commercial contracts are indexed to the commensurate Medicare fee schedule that relates to the products or services being provided. Government reimbursement, comprised of Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately, 57.7%, 57.5%, and 56.5% of our net revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. These payors set maximum reimbursement levels for O&P services and products. Medicare prices are adjusted each year based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) unless Congress acts to change or eliminate the adjustment. The CPI-U is adjusted further by an efficiency factor known as the “Productivity Adjustment” or the “Multi-Factor Productivity Adjustment” in order to determine the final rate adjustment each year. The Medicare price adjustments for 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were 0. 2%, 0.9%, 2.3%, and 1.1%, respectively. There can be no assurance that future adjustments will not reduce reimbursements for O&P services and products from these sources. We, and the O&P industry in general, are subject to various Medicare compliance audits, including Recovery Audit Contractor (“RAC”) audits, Comprehensive Error Rate Testing (“CERT”) audits, Targeted Probe and Educate (“TPE”) audits, Supplemental Medical Review Contractor (“SMRC”) audits, and Unified Program Integrity Contractor (“UPIC”) audits. TPE audits are generally pre-payment audits, while RAC, CERT, and SMRC audits are generally post-payment audits. UPIC audits can be both pre- or post-payment audits, with a majority currently pre-payment. TPE audits replaced the previous Medicare Administrative Contractor audits. Adverse post-payment audit determinations generally require Hanger to reimburse Medicare for payments previously made, while adverse pre-payment audit determinations generally result in the denial of payment. In either case, we can request a redetermination or appeal, if we believe the adverse determination is unwarranted, which can take an extensive period of time to resolve, currently up to six years or more. Products & Services Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc. (“SPS”), we distribute O&P components to independent O&P clinics and other customers. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Accelerated Care Plus Corp. (“ACP”), our therapeutic solutions business is a leading provider of rehabilitation technologies and integrated clinical programs to skilled nursing and post-acute rehabilitation providers. Our value proposition is to provide our customers with a full-service “total solutions” approach encompassing proven medical technology, evidence-based clinical programs, and ongoing consultative education and training. Our services support increasingly advanced treatment options for a broader patient population and more medically complex conditions. We currently serve approximately 4,000 skilled nursing and post-acute providers nationwide. Through our SureFit subsidiary, we also manufacture and sell therapeutic footwear for diabetic patients in the podiatric market. We also operate the Hanger Fabrication Network, which fabricates custom O&P devices for our patient care clinics, as well as for independent O&P clinics. Through our internal “supply chain” organization, we purchase, warehouse, and distribute over 475,000 SKUs from more than 300 different manufacturers through SPS or directly to our own clinics within our Patient Care segment. Our warehousing and distribution facilities in Nevada, Georgia, Illinois, and Texas provide us with the ability to deliver products to the vast majority of our customers in the United States within two business days. The distribution facility we formerly operated in Pennsylvania ceased operations in September 2020. Our supply chain organization enables us to: ● ● ● ● centralize our purchasing and thus lower our material costs by negotiating purchasing discounts from manufacturers; better manage our patient care clinic inventory levels and improve inventory turns; improve inventory quality control; encourage our patient care clinics to use the most clinically appropriate products; and 4 Table of Contents ● coordinate new product development efforts with key vendors. Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic Beginning in the last two weeks of March 2020, our business volumes began to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. As federal, state, and local authorities implemented social distancing and suppression measures to respond to an increasing number of nationwide COVID-19 infections, we experienced a decrease in our patient appointments and general business volumes. In response, during the last week of March 2020, we made certain changes to our operations, implemented a broad number of cost reduction measures, and delayed certain capital investment projects. Although our business volumes have shown gradual improvement from their initial significant decline, the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business continued into the fourth quarter of 2020 and beyond. These volume effects, our operating responses, and the effects of COVID-19 on our financial condition are discussed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections below. Competition The business of providing O&P patient care services is highly competitive in the markets in which we operate. In the prosthetic business, we compete with regional and local O&P providers for referrals from physicians, therapists, employers, HMOs, PPOs, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, out-patient clinics, and insurance companies on both a local and regional basis. In the orthotic business, we compete with other patient care service providers, including device manufacturers that have independent sales forces, on the basis of quality and timeliness of patient care, location of patient care clinics, and pricing for services. Additionally, two international O&P product manufacturers each own regional and local O&P patient care services business in the United States. Although we serve a significant portion of the O&P patient care market, referral decisions made by surgeons, physicians, and other medical providers are generally made on a local basis, based on their individual evaluation of the relative quality of care provided by us and our local market competitors. Therefore, our national scale may not provide a competitive advantage in any particular market in which we operate. We also compete with regional and local O&P providers for the retention and recruitment of qualified O&P clinicians. In some markets, the demand for clinicians exceeds the supply of qualified persons. Our Products & Services segment competes with other distributors, manufacturers that sell their products directly, and providers of equipment and services on a regional and national basis that have similar sales forces and products. Some of our distributor competitors are also dedicated to the O&P industry, but many others are large medical product distributors who also distribute O&P products, particularly orthotic products. Competitive Strengths We believe that the combination of the following competitive strengths will help us to grow our businesses by increasing our net revenues, net income and market share: ● Leading market position in both the O&P market place and the post-acute rehabilitation markets; ● National scale of operations, which better enables us to: ● ● ● establish our brand name and generate economies of scale; identify and implement best practices throughout our organization; consistently apply the rigorous claims documentation standards required for reimbursement and facilitate reimbursement through a revenue cycle management organization; ● collect, aggregate, and publish our statistically significant clinical outcomes and patient satisfaction data and metrics; 5 Table of Contents ● ● ● offer a single network solution to national and regional shared fabrication facilities; identify, test, and deploy emerging technology; and increase our influence on, and input into, regulatory trends; ● Distribution of, and purchasing power for, O&P components and finished O&P products, which better enables us to: ● negotiate greater volume-based purchasing discounts from manufacturers and freight providers; ● manage Hanger Clinic inventory levels on a national scale through centralized purchasing controls; ● ● access prefabricated and finished O&P products; promote the usage by our patient care clinics of products that have met or exceeded Hanger Clinic standards of quality and patient care that also expand our profit margins; and ● expand the external client base of the distribution business in our Products & Services segment; ● Proven ability to rapidly incorporate technological advances in the fitting and fabrication of O&P devices; ● History of integrating small and medium sized O&P business acquisitions, including 152 O&P businesses between 1997 and 2020, representing over 400 patient care clinics; ● Highly trained clinicians, with whom we provide the highest level of continuing education and training through programs designed to inform them of the latest technological developments in the O&P industry; ● Experienced and committed management team; and ● Beneficial government relations efforts, which enable us to educate legislators on the medical benefits and cost effectiveness of O&P services. Suppliers We purchase prefabricated O&P devices, components, and materials from hundreds of suppliers across the country, which are utilized by our clinicians and technicians in the fabrication of O&P products. These devices, components, and materials are used in the products we offer in our patient care clinics throughout the United States. As of December 31, 2020, one supplier accounted for 10% or more of our annual purchases, with 15.9% of our annual purchases by dollar amount in 2020. Sales and Marketing In our Patient Care segment, our individual clinicians in local patient care clinics historically have conducted our sales and marketing efforts, primarily through their interaction with and provision of prosthetic or orthotic services to the patients of referring surgeons, physicians, and other providers. Due primarily to the fragmented nature of the O&P industry, the success of a particular patient care clinic has been largely a function of its local reputation for quality of care, responsiveness, and length of service in the local communities. To augment the efforts of the business segment personnel, we have developed a centralized sales and marketing department whose efforts target the following: ● Marketing and Public Relations. Our objective is to increase the visibility of the “Hanger” brand by building relationships with major referral sources. We also continue to explore creating alliances with certain vendors to market products and services on a nationwide basis. 6 Table of Contents ● Business Development. We have dedicated personnel in most of our operating regions who are responsible for arranging seminars, clinics, and forums to educate and consult with patients and to increase the local community’s awareness of the “Hanger” brand. These business development managers also meet with local referral and contract sources to help our clinicians develop new relationships in their markets. We additionally provide certain insurance contract access and administrative services to independent O&P providers through our specialty health care company, Linkia. Marketing of our services is conducted on a national basis through a dedicated sales force, print and e-commerce catalogs, and exhibits at industry and medical meetings and conventions. We use directed marketing to segments of the health care industry, such as orthopedic surgeons, vascular surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, patient care managers, and podiatrists, by providing specialized catalogs focused on their medical specialty. In our Products & Services segment, we employ dedicated sales professionals that call on independent O&P providers, as well as SNFs, and are generally responsible for a geographic region or a specific product line. Acquisition Strategy Our strategy is to achieve long-term growth through disciplined diversification of our revenue streams, including geographic expansion or the broadening of our continuum of care through the acquisitions of high quality O&P providers. Despite our national size, we are underrepresented in certain regional and local markets, and as such, one of the primary drivers in executing our acquisition strategy is expanding our ability to serve new patients in new geographic markets. Acquisitions in our markets can be competitive because we often compete with multiple potential buyers, including two international O&P product manufacturers who have each entered the U.S. patient care market. Once an acquisition is consummated, we integrate and generally centralize certain key functions including IT, marketing, sales, finance, and administration to ensure that we can optimize cross-selling opportunities and realize cost efficiencies. In certain of our historical acquisitions, in addition to cash paid at closing, the purchase price has included unsecured subordinated promissory notes (“Seller Notes”) and contingent consideration terms (“earnouts”) associated with the achievement of certain designated collection targets for the acquired business. Earnouts can be used to compromise between our valuation and seller’s expectations regarding purchase price, while providing protection from our overpayment if historical collections are not an accurate indicator of post-closing financial performance of the acquired business. Currently, there are no outstanding earnouts related to our historical acquisitions. Our evaluation of the acquired business is based on various factors, including specialized know-how, reputation, geographic coverage, competitive position, and service and product offerings, as well as our experience and judgment. 7 Table of Contents Acquisition Activity During 2020, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $46.2 million at fair value, of which $16.8 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $21.9 million was issued in the form of notes to the former shareholders, $3.5 million in the form of a deferred payment obligation to the former shareholders, and $4.0 million in additional consideration. Of the $21.9 million in notes issued to the former shareholders, approximately $18.1 million of the notes were paid in October 2020 in a lump sum payment and the remaining $3.8 million of the notes are payable in annual installments over a period of three years on the anniversary date of the acquisition. Total payments of $4.0 million under the deferred payment obligation are due in annual installments beginning in the fourth year following the acquisition and for three years thereafter. Additional consideration includes approximately $3.6 million in liabilities incurred to the shareholders as part of the business combination payable in October 2020 and is included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $0.4 million in additional consideration represents the effective settlement of amounts due to us from the acquired O&P business as of the acquisition date. We completed the acquisition with the intention of expanding the geographic footprint of our patient care offerings through the acquisition of this high quality O&P provider. ● In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisitions of all the outstanding equity interests of four O&P businesses for total consideration of $7.1 million, of which $4.9 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $1.9 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.3 million in additional consideration. During 2019, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● ● ● ● In the first quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $32.8 million, of which $27.7 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $4.4 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.7 million in additional consideration. In the second quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $0.5 million, of which $0.2 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the third quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $3.3 million, of which $3.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $7.8 million, of which $5.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $2.8 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. Acquisition-related costs are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Total acquisition-related costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, which includes those costs for transactions that are in progress or not completed during the respective period. Acquisition-related costs incurred for acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.6 million and $1.0 million , respectively. 8 Table of Contents Government Regulation The operations of our business are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local governmental regulations. We make compliance with applicable regulations a corporate priority through, among other things, our compliance programs, policies and procedures, manuals, and personnel training. Despite these efforts, we cannot provide assurance that we will be in absolute compliance with all regulations at all times. Failure to comply with applicable governmental regulations may result in significant penalties, including exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Fraud and Abuse. Violations of fraud and abuse laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, False Claims Act liability (discussed below), imprisonment, and exclusion from participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, VA health programs, and the Department of Defense’s TRICARE program, formerly known as CHAMPUS. These laws, which include but are not limited to federal and state anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, physician self-referral laws, and federal criminal health care fraud laws, are discussed in further detail below. We believe our billing practices, operations, and compensation and financial arrangements with referral sources and others materially comply with applicable federal and state requirements. However, we cannot assure that such requirements will always be interpreted by a governmental authority in a manner consistent with our interpretation and application. The failure to comply with any of these requirements, even if inadvertent, could require us to alter our operations with and/or refund payments to the governmental authority. Such refunds could be significant and could also lead to the imposition of significant penalties. Even if we successfully defend against any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, we would likely be forced to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Any of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Anti-Kickback Laws. Our operations are subject to federal and state anti-kickback laws. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute (Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act) prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or paying any remuneration in any form (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate) directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind in return for, or to induce, the referral of persons eligible for benefits under a federal health care program (including Medicare, Medicaid, the VA health programs, and TRICARE), or the ordering, purchasing, leasing, or arranging for, or the recommendation of purchasing, leasing, or ordering of, items or services that may be paid for, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program. Courts have held that the statute may be violated when even one purpose (as opposed to a primary or sole purpose) of the remuneration is to induce referrals or other business. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit beneficial commercial arrangements, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services has developed regulations addressing certain business arrangements that will offer protection from scrutiny under the Anti-Kickback Statute. These “Safe Harbors” describe activities which may be protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute, provided that they meet all of the requirements of the applicable Safe Harbor regulation. For example, the Safe Harbors cover activities such as offering discounts to health care providers and contracting with physicians or other individuals or entities that have the potential to refer business to us that would ultimately be billed to a federal health care program, so long as the discount is properly disclosed and appropriately reflected in any claims or charges. Failure to qualify for Safe Harbor protection does not mean that an arrangement is illegal. Rather, the facts and circumstances of the arrangement must be analyzed to determine whether there is improper intent to pay or receive remuneration in return for referrals. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of the Safe Harbors may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities. In addition, some states have anti-kickback laws that vary in scope, and may apply regardless of whether a federal health care program is involved. 9 Table of Contents Our operations and business arrangements include, for example, discount programs or other financial arrangements with individuals and entities, such as lease arrangements with hospitals and certain participation agreements. Therefore, our operations and business arrangements are required to comply with the anti-kickback laws. Although our business arrangements and operations may not always satisfy all the criteria of a Safe Harbor, we make compliance with federal and state anti-kickback statutes a corporate priority. Nonetheless, we cannot assure that the government’s interpretation of a Safe Harbor provision will always be consistent with our own, and our arrangements may be subject to scrutiny under anti-kickback laws. Noncompliance with such laws can result in a number of enforcement actions, including the imposition of civil monetary penalties and exclusion from federal health care programs. In addition, some states have anti-kickback laws that vary in scope, and may apply regardless of whether a federal health care program is involved. State anti-kickback laws may extend similar anti-kickback prohibitions to other payors, including commercial payors, and these state laws do not always contain the same safe harbors as the federal regulatory scheme. Medical Device Regulation. We provide, distribute, and lease products that are subject to regulation as medical devices by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and accompanying regulations. In our Patient Care segment, with the exception of two products which have been cleared for marketing as prescription medical devices under section 510(k) of the FDCA, we believe that the products we provide, including O&P medical devices, accessories, and components, are not Class III devices and thus are exempt from the FDA’s regulations for pre-market clearance or approval requirements and from most requirements relating to the quality system regulation (except for certain record keeping and complaint handling requirements). In our Products & Services segment, ACP manufactures, leases, and sells a number of rehabilitation devices that have been cleared or approved for marketing under section 510(k) of the FDCA, and are subject to the requirements of the quality system regulation. All of our device businesses are required to adhere to regulations for medical devices regarding adverse event reporting, establishment registration, and product listing, and we are subject to inspection by the FDA for compliance with all applicable requirements. Labeling and promotional materials also are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal Trade Commission. Our medical device operations are subject to inspection by the FDA for compliance with applicable FDA requirements, and the FDA has in the past raised compliance concerns in connection with these investigations. We make compliance with applicable FDA requirements a corporate priority, but we cannot assure that we will be found to be in compliance at all times. Noncompliance could result in a variety of civil and/or criminal enforcement actions, including issuance of a Warning Letter, seizure, examination, and inspection of our products and a civil injunction or criminal prosecution, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Physician Self-Referral Laws. We are also subject to federal and state physician self-referral laws. With certain exceptions, the federal Medicare physician self-referral law (the “Stark Law”) (Section 1877 of the Social Security Act) prohibits a physician from referring Medicare beneficiaries to an entity for “designated health services” including durable medical equipment and supplies, and prosthetic and orthotic devices and supplies, if the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has a financial relationship with the entity. A financial relationship includes both ownership or investment interests and compensation arrangements. An entity that furnishes designated health services pursuant to a prohibited referral may not present or cause to be presented a claim or bill for such designated health services. Penalties for violating the Stark Law include denial of payment for the service, an obligation to refund any payments received, civil monetary penalties, potential False Claims Act litigation, and the possibility of being excluded from the Medicare or Medicaid programs. Despite the general prohibition on such physician financial relationships, the Stark Law and regulations promulgated by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid services provide a number of exceptions from the prohibitions. With respect to compensation arrangements, there are exceptions under the Stark Law that permit physicians to maintain certain business arrangements, such as personal service contracts and equipment or space leases, with health care entities to which they refer patients for designated health services. All of the elements of a Stark Law exception must be met in order for the exception to apply. Further, unlike the Anti-Kickback Statute, under the Stark Law, billing prohibitions can result without specific intent to induce referrals. We strive to assure that our compensation arrangements with physicians comply with the Stark Law, either because the physician’s relationship fits fully within a Stark Law exception or because the physician does not generate prohibited referrals. If, however, we receive a prohibited referral, our submission of a bill for services rendered pursuant to such a referral could subject us to the prohibitions under the Stark Law and applicable state self-referral laws, including false claims liability, potential exclusion, and imposition of civil monetary penalties. State self-referral laws may extend the prohibitions of the Stark Law to Medicaid beneficiaries, and there are some indications that the federal government may similarly expand the reach of the law, including certain adverse court decisions, to which we were not a party. 10 Table of Contents False Claims Laws. We are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third party payors (including Medicare and Medicaid) that are false or fraudulent, are for items or services not provided as claimed, or otherwise contain misleading information. Our revenue cycle management function is responsible for the preparation of documents for the submission of reimbursement claims to third party payors for items and services furnished to patients. In addition, our personnel may, in some instances, provide advice on billing and reimbursement to purchasers of our products. Also, prosecutors and so-called “qui tam” relators (whistleblowers) may claim that a regulatory violation or wrongfully-retained overpayment may be the basis of False Claims Act litigation. Successful relators can receive a share of the recovery in a False Claims Act case ranging from 15% to 30%, depending on whether the government “intervenes” in the case. Penalties in a False Claims Act case may include double or triple damages plus penalties ranging from $11,665 to $23,331 per claim. While we endeavor to assure that our billing practices comply with applicable laws, if claims submitted to payors are deemed to be false, fraudulent, or for items or services not provided as claimed, we may face liability for presenting or causing to be presented such claims. Certification and Licensure. Our clinicians and/or certain operating units may be subject to certification or licensure requirements under the laws of some states. Most states do not require separate licensure for clinicians. However, several states currently require clinicians to be certified by an organization such as the ABC. The ABC conducts a certification program for clinicians and an accreditation program for patient care clinics. The minimum requirements for new certified clinicians are a college degree, completion of an accredited master’s degree program, residency at a patient care clinic under the supervision of a certified clinician, and successful completion of certain examinations. Certified clinicians are required to participate in a prescribed number of hours of specialized continuing education courses to maintain their certifications. Minimum requirements for an accredited patient care clinic include the presence of a certified clinician and specific site and equipment requirements. While we make compliance with state licensure requirements a corporate priority, we cannot assure that we will be in compliance at all times with these requirements, or how they may be interpreted or re-interpreted by the various state and local agencies. Failure to comply with state licensure requirements could result in suspension or termination of licensure, civil penalties, termination of our Medicare and Medicaid agreements, and repayment of amounts received from Medicare and Medicaid for services and supplies furnished by an unlicensed individual or entity. Confidentiality and Privacy Laws. The Administrative Simplification Provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), and their implementing regulations, set forth privacy standards and implementation specifications concerning the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (referred to as “protected health information”) by health plans, health care clearinghouses, and health care providers that transmit health information electronically in connection with certain standard transactions (“Covered Entities”). HIPAA further requires Covered Entities to protect the confidentiality of protected health information by meeting certain security standards and implementation specifications. In addition, under HIPAA, Covered Entities that electronically transmit certain administrative and financial transactions must utilize standardized formats and data elements. HIPAA imposes civil monetary penalties for noncompliance, and criminal penalties for knowing violations of the privacy standards; violations of such standards committed under false pretenses; or with the intent to sell, transfer, or use protected health information for commercial advantage. Certain agents of Covered Entities (“business associates”) also have HIPAA responsibilities and liabilities. We have business associates and are business associates to other Covered Entities. We believe that we are subject to the Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA and have made it a corporate priority to meet applicable standards and implementation specifications. The new requirements have had a significant effect on the manner in which we handle health data and communicate with payors. In addition, state confidentiality and privacy laws may impose civil and/or criminal penalties for certain unauthorized or other uses or disclosures of protected health information. We are also subject to these laws. While we endeavor to assure that our operations comply with applicable laws governing the confidentiality and privacy of protected health information, we could face liability in the event of a use or disclosure of protected health information in violation of one or more of these laws. Human Capital Management Hanger is a company of people serving people, with the collective purpose of empowering human potential together. We believe the exceptional talent and clinical focus of our clinicians, as well as the strength of our overall workforce, have significantly contributed to our success as a leading provider of O&P products and services. Our values include Integrity, Patient-Focused, Outcomes, Collaboration, and Innovation. Our Hanger vision, culture, and values, taken together, provide a roadmap for the employee profile we seek. 11 Table of Contents As an essential business that enables human mobility through our patient care services, we have continued to operate our business throughout the period impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. We have taken measures to promote employee safety and minimize virus transmission in order to help our employees and clinicians continue to lead safe and productive lives during the outbreak, including expanded procedures in our O&P clinics and operational locations related to personal safety, cleaning and medical screening measures and remote working arrangements. For additional discussion surrounding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, please refer to the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section of this document. Our Board of Directors and its committees receive regular updates about our performance from our senior management team, including: talent acquisition, development, and performance management, including hiring, promotion and leadership data; diversity and inclusion (“D&I”) metrics with respect to representation, hiring and leadership; and total rewards data based on compensation studies and market data. Talent Acquisition, Development & Performance Management Attracting and developing talented employees devoted to patient care is core to the success we have enjoyed for nearly 160 years. Many of our employees are patient-facing clinical talent, who are driven by a desire to serve their patients. Our position as a leading provider in the O&P industry, combined with the depth of expertise across our organization, offers a unique value proposition for our network of clinicians. We have assembled a dedicated workforce of clinical talent and expertise, which serves as a vast network within which our O&P professionals are able to collaborate across the nation. Our industry luminaries share experiences and advice freely across the country, through hands-on training at our annual Hanger LIVE education and business meeting, through virtual and live workshops, and personal consults across the country. We invest in talent development programs for our employees with annual training events held for clinical talent, as well as virtual training programs for clinical and support staff. Hanger LIVE is an annual event offering over 100 training sessions on topics ranging from clinical outcomes, best practices and resources, leadership skills, and the latest in O&P technology. Historically, this event has been offered onsite for approximately 1,500 attendees, including employees and exhibitors. In 2021, we held our first virtual Hanger LIVE event, enabling all our employees to participate in the various business and clinical education sessions. With approximately two million patient encounters per year, we have a built-in feedback loop to indicate how our development efforts improve patient outcomes. Internally, and through external partnerships, we strive for innovation in patient care through technology, research, and training. We focus on delivering value-based outcomes for our patients and provide our clinicians with the tools and information to make evidence-based decisions in today’s healthcare environment. To that end, we have published multiple research studies to share our clinical findings with our approximately 1,600 clinicians and the broader O&P community at large to educate, inform, and better prepare them to serve patients utilizing the best available scientific evidence, clinical techniques, and recommendations. We focus on the attraction and retention of all employees. We grow our talent base through organic hiring, acquisition of patient care clinics, and our clinical residency program. We hire approximately 60 to 70 residents per year and offer a formal training program supported by our extensive clinical expertise with approximately 1,600 clinical providers in 46 states and the District of Columbia. Residents have the opportunity to relocate to any of our 816 patient care clinics across the nation. Given the nationwide reach and diversity of patients served, clinicians have the ability to specialize in different areas of O&P based on their interests, as well as have the opportunity to work with some of the best clinicians in their areas of expertise at Hanger. Diversity and Inclusion Diversity and Inclusion are core tenets of our corporate culture, one that embraces a diverse workforce and the realization of the critical role it plays in our success. Hanger strives to build a culture of diversity and inclusion through its human resource practices and policies and actively works to eliminate discrimination and harassment. Our commitment to diversity and inclusion begins with our Board of Directors and executive officers, with over 50% and 40%, respectively, identifying as female or as a person of color. Through our ongoing investments in expanding diversity, we have increased the amount of female representation in incoming resident classes to over 50%, which we believe is an important first step in advancing underrepresented demographics in the O&P industry. We are also investing in developing our female, racial and ethnic minority team members as part of our succession planning efforts to increase diversity in leadership positions. 12 Table of Contents We foster a culture of diversity and inclusion through our sponsorship of programs such as affinity groups that include Women in Leadership, Hanger Disability Awareness Network, Hanger Veterans Network, Hanger LGBTQ Network, and PAUSE (People Aligned United to Serve Everyone). We have instituted a Diversity and Inclusion Council, consisting of twelve employees, and chaired by our Chief Executive Officer, which identifies specific actions we can take to increase diversity and foster inclusion at Hanger and, more broadly, in the O&P profession. We have instituted a Diversity and Inclusion Pledge with specific actions to accelerate and elevate our own efforts and invited O&P industry peers and partners to join us in this charge. We have a D&I Ambassadors program open to all employees who are interested in sharing ideas and getting involved in this movement. Our Chief Human Resources Officer is responsible for developing and integrating our D&I Plans throughout the Company. Total Rewards Our pay strategy includes an emphasis on performance, factors of role, individual skills and abilities, alignment with external shareholders, and competitive offerings in markets in which we compete for talent. We continue to invest in our workforce through competitive salaries and incentive programs aimed at short-term and long-term performance. Our health and welfare benefits include medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance, and prescription drug benefits. We offer health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, access to financial planners, a retirement savings plan with company match, telemedicine, and various paid time off programs, including pay for time spent volunteering or on military duty. We have launched a wellness program designed to promote holistic well-being across eight dimensions: physical, financial, occupational, spiritual, emotional, social, intellectual, and environmental, and are in the process of implementing a wellness portal that will be personalized to reflect each employee’s specific health and welfare interests. Employees As of December 31, 2020, we employed approximately 4,700 people. Insurance We currently maintain insurance coverage for professional liability, product liability, general liability, directors’ and officers’ liability, workers’ compensation, executive protection, property damage, and other lines of insurance. Our general liability insurance coverage is $1.0 million per occurrence, with a $25.0 million umbrella insurance policy. The coverage for professional liability, product liability, and workers’ compensation is self-insured with both individual specific claim and aggregate stop-loss policies to protect us from either significant individual claims or dramatic changes in our loss experience. Based on our experience and prevailing industry practices, we believe our coverage is adequate as to risks and amount. Our Website Our website is http://www.hanger.com. We make available free of charge, on or through our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Section 16 filings (i.e., Forms 3, 4, and 5), proxy statements, and other documents as required by applicable law and regulations as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website also contains the charters of the Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Compensation Committee, and Quality, and Compliance Committee of our Board of Directors; our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors and Employees, which includes our principal executive, financial, and accounting officers; as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Information contained on our website is not part of this report. 13 Table of Contents Information About Our Executive Officers The following tables set forth information regarding our current executive officers. The ages listed for all executive officers are as of December 31, 2020. Name Vinit K. Asar Peter A. Stoy Thomas E. Kiraly C. Scott Ranson Regina Weger James H. Campbell Thomas E. Hartman Mitchell D. Dobson Keri L. Jolly Gabrielle B. Adams Age 54 46 60 56 48 62 58 49 53 52 Office with the Company President and Chief Executive Officer Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and President, Patient Care Segment Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Executive Vice President, Corporate Services and Chief Information Officer Senior Vice President and President, Products & Services Segment Senior Vice President and Chief Clinical Officer Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer Vinit K. Asar has been our Chief Executive Officer and President since May 2012, and served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from September 2011 to May 2012. Mr. Asar also served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Growth Officer from December 2008 to September 2011. Mr. Asar came to Hanger from the Medical Device & Diagnostic sector at Johnson & Johnson, having worked at the Ethicon, Ethicon-Endo-Surgery, Cordis and Biosense Webster franchises. During his eighteen year career at Johnson & Johnson, Mr. Asar held various roles of increasing responsibility in Finance, Product Development, Manufacturing, and Marketing and Sales in the United States and in Europe. Prior to joining Hanger, Mr. Asar was the Worldwide Vice-President at Biosense Webster, the Electrophysiology division of Johnson & Johnson, responsible for the Worldwide Sales, Marketing and Services organizations. Mr. Asar has a B.S.B.A from Aquinas College and a M.B.A. from Lehigh University. Peter A. Stoy has been our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and President of our Patient Care Segment since November 2020. Prior to joining Hanger, Mr. Stoy was East Region President of Sodexo, a food services and facilities management company where he was responsible for all operations, including thousands of provider and hospital-based support service employees. Prior to that, Mr. Stoy served in leadership positions at McKesson Corporation from 2014 to 2018, where he oversaw the multibillion dollar McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical Health System segment. Mr. Stoy also held senior positions in hospital sales and pharmaceutical distribution during his 13-year employment at Cardinal Health. Mr. Stoy serves on the Board of Directors of TransSouth Logistics. Mr. Stoy holds a Master of Business Administration from Franklin University and a BA from Ohio University. Mr. Stoy has been designated as a Fellow of the American College of Healthcare Executives (FACHE). Thomas E. Kiraly has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2015. Mr. Kiraly joined Hanger in October 2014 as Executive Vice President. Prior to joining Hanger, Mr. Kiraly served as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Sheridan Healthcare, Inc., a provider of anesthesia, radiology, emergency department, and neonatology services from 2013 to 2014. From 1999 to 2011, Mr. Kiraly served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and led the financial accounting, procurement and real estate functions of Concentra, Inc., a provider of urgent care, occupational health care, and other health care services. In 2010, when Concentra, Inc. was acquired by Humana, Inc., a Fortune 100 provider of insurance, health and well-being and related health care services, Mr. Kiraly transitioned to the position of Vice President of Finance for Humana, responsible for corporate financial forecasting, analysis, internal reporting, and accounting operations until 2013. From 1988 to 1999, Mr. Kiraly served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BRC Holdings, Inc., where he led the financial accounting, human resources and legal functions of this publicly-traded provider of information technology services to health care firms and local governments. Mr. Kiraly earned his Master of Business Administration from the University of Texas in Austin, Texas and his Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication from California State University in Northridge, California. 14 Table of Contents C. Scott Ranson has been our Executive Vice President, Corporate Services and Chief Information Officer since May 2018. He joined Hanger as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer in July 2015. Mr. Ranson joined Hanger after 14 years of service as the Chief Information Officer for Brookdale Senior Living Inc., a publicly traded senior housing solution provider, from 2001 to June 2015. Previously, Mr. Ranson served as the Director of Software for Marketing Specialists Company, where he led the successful implementation of an ERP system and e-commerce strategies, and as Vice President of Information Technology for Atlas Marketing Company, Inc. Mr. Ranson earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, Business Management, Computer Information Systems from Ashland University in Ohio. Regina A. Weger is our Senior Vice President and President of our Products & Services Segment since November 2020. Ms. Weger has been with Hanger for over 20 years and most recently served as President of Southern Prosthetic Supply (“SPS”) within our products & services segment. Previously, she had roles of Vice President and General Manager responsible for the daily operational business activities, and Vice President, Sales and Marketing and Director of Sales, leading the functions of sales, marketing, and customer service. Ms. Weger was also appointed to the board of directors for the National Association for the Advancement of Orthotics and Prosthetics for 2020. She attended Brenau University in Gainesville, Georgia. James H. Campbell, PhD. has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Clinical Officer since October 2018. Previously, he held the position of Chief Clinical Officer since joining Hanger in 2015. Prior to joining Hanger, Dr. Campbell spent seventeen years with Becker Orthopedic, a leading world- wide supplier of orthotic components and central fabrication, and has forty years of experience in the Orthotics and Prosthetics profession with distinction in leadership and research. Dr. Campbell is a named inventor on five issued U.S. Patents, and has served on the Board of Directors of the American Orthotic and Prosthetic Association as well as the American Academy of Orthotists & Prosthetists (“AAOP”), from which he received the Distinguished Practitioner Award in February 2013. Dr. Campbell is a Certified Orthotist, a Fellow of the AAOP, and a member of the International Society for Prosthetics & Orthotics. Dr. Campbell holds a Higher Diploma in Prosthetics and Orthotics and a PhD in Bio-Engineering from the University of Strathclyde in Glasgow, Scotland. Thomas E. Hartman is our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. He was appointed Senior Vice President in 2015 and Secretary in 2014, and has served as Vice President and General Counsel since 2009. Mr. Hartman joined Hanger from Foley & Lardner, LLP where he was a partner in Foley’s Business Law Department. Mr. Hartman’s practice at Foley was focused on securities transactions, securities law compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and corporate governance. Prior to joining Foley in 1995, Mr. Hartman was a business law associate at Jones Day. Mr. Hartman received his J.D. from the University of Wisconsin in Madison, and a Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Industrial & Operations Engineering) from the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor. Mitchell D. Dobson has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since October 2018. Mr. Dobson has been with Hanger for more than twenty- five years, and most recently served as the Vice President and Compliance Officer for Hanger’s patient care segment. He previously held various compliance and regulatory-related roles within Hanger. Mr. Dobson is also a certified prosthetist/orthotist, and practiced as a clinician for more than a decade. He is currently a Fellow of the American Academy of Orthotists and Prosthetists. Mr. Dobson holds a Bachelor of Science in Prosthetics and Orthotics from the University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas and a Certificate in Healthcare Compliance from The George Washington University. Keri L. Jolly joined Hanger, Inc. as Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer in July 2018. Ms. Jolly previously served as senior vice president, human resources at Baylor Scott & White Health, a private healthcare provider, from May 2016 to November 2017. Prior to that, Ms. Jolly served as the chief human resources officer for Global Power Equipment Group, a public global manufacturing and services company, from October 2014 to May 2016. From September 2012 to October 2014, Ms. Jolly served as the chief human resources officer at Vertex Group, a private IT services and business process outsource provider for the utilities industry. Ms. Jolly’s previous professional experience includes progressive leadership roles in human resources positions for companies in a variety of industries. Ms. Jolly obtained her Master of Business Administration from the University of Minnesota and her Bachelor of Arts degree in Business from the University of St. Thomas. Gabrielle B. Adams has been our Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since April 2017. Ms. Adams joined Hanger as its Vice President - Accounting in February 2015. Prior to joining Hanger, Ms. Adams served as Chief Financial Officer at the Texas Bankers Association, a trade association supporting the banking industry in Texas, from 2012 to 2015. Previously, Ms. Adams served in various roles of increasing responsibility at EZCorp, Inc., a publicly traded provider of pawn loans and operator of pawn stores, from 1999 to 2012, including serving as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis, Director of Internal Audit, and Assistant Controller. Ms. Adams holds a degree in accounting from the University of Texas at Austin and is a licensed CPA in the State of Texas. 15 Table of Contents There are no family relationships between any of the executive officers. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS. Set forth below are certain risk factors that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. You should carefully read the following risk factors, together with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that contain risks and uncertainties. Please read the cautionary notice regarding forward-looking statements in Item 7. under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in connection with your consideration of the risk factors and other important factors that may affect future results described below. I. Risks Related to the Healthcare Industry Health care reform has initiated significant changes to the United States health care system and we expect to see further changes in the health care system in the future. Various health care reform provisions became law upon enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Pub. L. No. 111-148, on March 23, 2010 (the “Affordable Care Act”). The reforms contained in the Affordable Care Act have impacted our business. Continued political, economic, and regulatory influences are subjecting the health care industry in the United States to fundamental change. Further changes relating to the health care industry and in health care spending may adversely affect our revenue. We anticipate that Congress will continue to review and assess alternative health care delivery and payment systems and may in the future propose and adopt legislation effecting additional fundamental changes in the health care system. Although efforts at replacing the Affordable Care Act and overhauling the health care system have stalled in Congress, the change of administration and control of the Senate following the 2020 election cycle suggests that the risk of repeal of the Affordable Care Act is reduced. We cannot assure you as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of changes, nor is it possible at this time to estimate the impact of potential legislation on our business. However, although the specific reforms to the current health care system cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such changes could have a considerable impact on how health care is reimbursed, particularly on the coverage for certain types of services and on the reimbursement levels provided by government sources. 16 Table of Contents Changes in government reimbursement levels could adversely affect our Patient Care segment’s net revenue, cash flows, and profitability. We derived approximately 57.7%, 57.5%, and 56.5% of our net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, from reimbursements for O&P services and products from programs administered by Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA. Each of these programs set reimbursement levels for the O&P services and products provided under their program. If these agencies reduce reimbursement levels for O&P services and products in the future, our net revenues could substantially decline. In addition, the percentage of our net revenues derived from these sources may increase as the portion of the U.S. population over age 65 continues to grow, making us more vulnerable to reimbursement reductions by these organizations. Reduced government reimbursement levels could result in reduced private payor reimbursement levels because fee schedules of certain third party payors are indexed to Medicare reimbursement levels. Furthermore, the health care industry is experiencing a trend towards cost containment as government and other third party payors seek to impose lower reimbursement rates and negotiate reduced contract rates with service providers. This trend could adversely affect our net revenues. For example, the Medicare contractor for Pricing, Data Analysis and Coding (referred to as “PDAC”) recently announced verification requirements and code changes that has reduced the reimbursement level for certain prosthetic feet, and the VA is in the process of reassessing the method it uses to determine reimbursement levels for O&P services and products provided under certain miscellaneous codes. Additionally, a number of states have reduced their Medicaid reimbursement rates for O&P services and products, or have reduced Medicaid eligibility, and at any time some number of other states are reviewing Medicaid reimbursement policies generally, including for prosthetic and orthotic devices. Similarly, the federal government is continually evaluating potentially significant changes to the Medicaid program, including, but not limited to changing the nature and scope of Medicaid reimbursement. Any significant reduction in reimbursement levels under programs administered by Medicare, Medicaid, or the VA could have a material adverse effect on our net revenues. Medicare provides for reimbursement for O&P products and services based on prices set forth in fee schedules for ten regional service areas. Medicare prices are adjusted each year based on the CPI-U unless Congress acts to change or eliminate the adjustment. The Medicare price changes for 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were 0. 2%, 0. 9%, 2.3%, and 1.1%, respectively. The Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) changed the Medicare inflation factors applicable to O&P (and other) suppliers. The annual updates for years subsequent to 2011 are based on the percentage increase in the CPI-U for the 12-months ended in June of the previous year. Section 3401(m) of the ACA required that for 2011 and each subsequent year, the fee schedule update factor based on the CPI-U for the 12-months ended in June of the previous year is to be adjusted by the annual change in economy-wide private nonfarm business multifactor productivity (the “MFP Adjustment”). The MFP Adjustment may result in the percentage increase being less than zero for a year and may result in payment rates for a year being less than such payment rates for the preceding year. If the U.S. Congress were to legislate additional modifications to the Medicare fee schedules, our net revenues from Medicare and other payors could be adversely and materially affected. Regular challenges to the ACA occur in the federal courts. One round of litigation in the U.S. Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals potentially challenges the entirety of the ACA. See Texas v. United States, No. 19-10011 (5th Cir. Jan. 9, 2020) California v. Texas, Case 19-840 and a consolidated case, oral arguments before the United States Supreme Court were heard on November 10, 2020. On February 10, 2021, the Department of Justice notified the United States Supreme Court of the reversal of its previous position that the now-defunct tax provision in the ACA cannot be severed from the rest of the law, thus making the entire ACA unconstitutional. If any challenges to the ACA are successful, it may have a material adverse effect on our net revenues. Alternative models of reimbursement for durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics and supplies (“DMEPOS”) may also affect our business. The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 requires that Medicare replace the current fee schedule payment methodology for certain DMEPOS items and services with “single payment amounts” determined through a competitive bidding process, and CMS has issued regulations finalizing the methodology for adjusting fee schedule amounts for such items. See 79 Fed, Reg. 66120, 66123 (November 6, 2014). The types of DMEPOS most applicable to us include certain off-the-shelf (“OTS”) orthotics. Under the DMEPOS Competitive Bidding Program, suppliers compete to submit bids for selected products, and the Medicare suppliers offering the best price, in addition to meeting applicable quality and financial standards, are awarded contracts to supply the designated products and services to Medicare beneficiaries in specified competitive bidding areas. Although our product offerings currently subject to competitive bidding do not comprise a significant portion of our business, it is possible that the DMEPOS Competitive Bidding Program may expand to include other types of products we offer, or that other payors will adopt similar models for reimbursement, which could negatively affect our net revenue. 17 Table of Contents The Budget Control Act of 2011 required, among other things, mandatory across-the-board reductions in Federal spending, or “sequestration”. While delayed by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, President Obama issued a sequestration order on March 1, 2013. For services provided on or after April 1, 2013, Medicare fee-for-service claim payments, including those for DMEPOS as well as claims under the DMEPOS Competitive Bidding Program, are reduced by 2%. Section 3709 of the CARES Act temporarily suspends the 2% payment adjustment currently applied to Medicare Fee-For-Service (FFS) claims due to sequestration for claims with dates of service from May 1 through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriation Act of 2021, signed into law on December 27, 2020, extends the suspension period to March 31, 2021. On November 2, 2015, President Obama signed the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 into law, which provided for two years of increases to discretionary spending to be offset by an additional year of Medicare sequestration, through 2025. This is a claims payment adjustment with limited impact on us; no permanent reductions in the Medicare DMEPOS fee schedule have been made as a result of sequestration, therefore additional reimbursements from Medicaid, the VA, and commercial payors who use the Medicare fee schedule as a basis for reimbursement have not been impacted. CMS may also develop policies to limit Medicare coverage of specific products and services. Medicare administrative contractors may issue local coverage determinations (“LCD”) that limit coverage for a particular item or service, and these determinations are generally coordinated across all applicable Medicare administrative contractors and therefore generally apply nationally. Any LCD that negatively impacts orthotic or prosthetic reimbursement would negatively affect our revenue. Finally, patients may continue to move to Medicare Advantage plans from traditional Medicare plans, which will change the nature of the reimbursement received by us from the traditional Medicare program and may negatively affect our net revenue. If the average rates that commercial payors pay us decline significantly, then it would have a material adverse effect on our Patient Care segment’s net revenues, earnings, and cash flows. We derived approximately 35.7%, 35.8%, and 37.0% of our net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, from reimbursements for O&P services and products for patients who have commercial payors as their primary payor. We continue to experience downward pressure on some of our commercial payment rates as a result of general conditions in the market, recent, and future consolidations among commercial payors, increased focus on O&P services and products and other factors. There is no guarantee that commercial payment rates will not be materially lower in the future, particularly given the fluctuations in government reimbursement rates. We are continuously in the process of negotiating new agreements and renegotiating agreements that are up for renewal with commercial payors, who often begin negotiations with proposed reductions in our reimbursement rates. Sometimes many significant agreements are up for renewal or being renegotiated at the same time. In the event that our ongoing negotiations result in overall commercial rate reductions in excess of overall commercial rate increases, the cumulative effect could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Consolidations in the commercial payor market have significantly increased the negotiating leverage of commercial payors. Our negotiations with payors are also influenced by competitive pressures, and we may experience decreased contracted rates with commercial payors or experience decreases in patient volume as our negotiations with commercial payors continue. If the average rates that commercial payors pay us decline significantly, or if we see a decline in commercial patients, it would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings, and cash flows. We depend on reimbursements by third party payors, as well as payments by individuals, which could lead to delays and uncertainties in the Patient Care segment’s reimbursement process. We receive a substantial portion of our payments for health care services on a fee-for-service basis from third party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, private insurers, and managed care organizations. We estimate that we have received approximately 93.4%, 93.3%, and 93.5% of our net revenues from such third party payors during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. We estimate that such amounts included approximately 32.3%, 31.9%, and 31.9% from Medicare in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, 16.2%, 15.8%, and 15.5% from Medicaid programs in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. In addition, we estimate net revenues from the VA were 9.2%, 9.8%, and 9.1% in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 18 Table of Contents The reimbursement process is complex and can involve lengthy delays. Third party payors continue their efforts to control expenditures for health care, including proposals to revise reimbursement policies. While we recognize revenue when health care services are provided, there can be delays before we receive payment. In addition, third party payors may disallow, in whole or in part, requests for reimbursement based on determinations that certain amounts are not reimbursable under plan coverage, that services provided were not medically necessary, or that additional supporting documentation is necessary. Retroactive adjustments may change amounts realized from third party payors. Third party payors may require pre-authorizations for certain services and/or devices, which may result in a delay in our ability to provide services or to provide services at all. Additionally, we may see an increase in bundled payment models, which can result in delays before we receive payment or no payment at all for certain services. Changes in government reimbursement levels and policies such as those described above may also contribute to uncertainties surrounding the reimbursement process. We are subject to governmental audits of our reimbursement claims under Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and other governmental programs and may be required to repay these agencies if found that we were incorrectly reimbursed. Delays and uncertainties in the reimbursement process may adversely affect accounts receivable, increase the overall costs of collection and cause us to incur additional borrowing costs. We also may not be paid with respect to co-payments and deductibles that are the patient’s financial responsibility. Many of the plans offered on the state health insurance exchanges have high deductibles and require coinsurance that patients cannot afford to pay. Amounts not covered by third party payors are the obligations of individual patients from whom we may not receive whole or partial payment. We also may not receive whole or partial payments from uninsured and underinsured individuals. In such an event, our earnings and cash flow would be adversely affected, potentially affecting our ability to maintain our restrictive debt covenant ratios and meet our financial obligations. Additionally, employer based plans and other individual plans are increasingly relying on “high deductible” plan designs. As their participation in health plans with these high deductible designs increases, our patients will face greater financial burdens and participatory costs that may affect their decisions regarding the timing of their replacement of their devices. Due to cost considerations, they may seek to repair or refurbish their existing devices and delay the purchase of new replacement devices, which will adversely affect our revenues and our profitability. The risks associated with third party payors, co-payments, and deductibles and the inability to monitor and manage accounts receivable successfully could still have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, our collection policies or our provisions for allowances for Medicare, Medicaid, and contractual discounts and doubtful accounts receivable may not be adequate. Due to constraints in the growth of our rates of reimbursement, we may face cost pressures that could adversely affect our profitability. Due to increased pressures on governmental and commercial payors to seek ways of reducing the costs of care, those payors have and may continue to seek ways to reduce growth in the rate of our reimbursement for the services we provide. This constraint in the rate of growth in reimbursement may adversely affect our profitability as we experience increases in the wages, materials, and other costs necessary to the conduct of our business. These cost increases may adversely affect our profitability and our profit margins. Changes in government reimbursement levels could adversely affect our Products & Services segment’s net revenues, cash flows, and profitability. Changes in government reimbursement levels could adversely affect the net revenues, cash flows, and profitability of the businesses in our Products & Services segment. In particular, a significant majority of our therapeutic services sales involve devices and related services provided to SNFs and similar businesses. Reductions in government reimbursement levels to SNFs have caused, and could continue to cause, such SNFs to reduce or cancel their use of our therapeutic service equipment and related consultative services negatively impacting net revenues, cash flows, and profitability. For example, in July 2011 CMS announced an across the board reduction of approximately 11% in SNF reimbursement levels, which negatively impacted the demand for our devices and treatment modalities. Although CMS has announced increases in SNF reimbursement levels in the years since (the agency announced an increase of 2.2% for fiscal year (“FY”) 2021, 2.4% for FY 2020, 2.4% for FY 2019, 1.0% for FY 2018, and 2.4% for FY 2017), we cannot predict whether any other changes to reimbursement levels will be implemented, or if implemented what form any changes might take. Effective October 1, 2019, the Patient-Driven Payment Model replaced the previous Resource Utilization Group IV SNF payment system under Medicare Part A. 19 Table of Contents We face periodic reviews, audits, and investigations under our contracts with federal and state government agencies, and these audits could have adverse findings that may negatively impact our business. We contract with various federal and state governmental agencies to provide O&P services. Pursuant to these contracts, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits, and investigations to verify our compliance with the contracts and applicable laws and regulations. Any adverse review, audit, or investigation could result in: ● ● ● ● refunding of amounts we have been paid pursuant to our government contracts; imposition of fines, penalties, and other sanctions on us; loss of our right to participate in various federal programs; damage to our reputation in various markets; or ● material and/or adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In recent years, we have seen a significant increase in Medicare audits, including RAC audits, CERT audits, TPE prepayment audits, and UPIC audits. In addition, SMRCs are responsible for the identification of improper payment rates through medical record review. We believe that Medicare audits, inquiries and investigations will continue to occur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. Medicare audits could have a material and adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations, particularly if we are unsuccessful at final adjudication. II. Risks Related to Our Operations and Strategy Cyber attacks, system security risks, data breaches, and other technology failures could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, our results of operations, and our financial position. A cyber attack, system security risk, data breach or technology failure could occur and potentially disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our profitability. Our IT systems are subject to the risk of computer viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized access, or cyber attacks from a variety of sources, including directly, through a vendor with access to our IT systems, or through code embedded in a program or application we run on our IT systems. The administrative and technical controls and other preventive measures that we take to reduce the risk of cyber incidents and protect our IT systems may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, cyber attacks, or other security breaches to our computer systems. We are not currently in full compliance with the standards prescribed under the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, and this could result in heightened cybersecurity risk. In addition, disruptions or breaches could occur as a result of natural disasters, man-made disasters, epidemic/pandemic, industrial accident, blackout, criminal activity, technological changes or events, terrorism, or other unanticipated events beyond our control. While we have insurance intended to provide coverage from certain losses related to such incidents, and a variety of preventative security measures such as risk management, information protection, and disaster recovery systems, insurance may not cover all losses and our preventive security measures may not be sufficient or adequate to protect our IT systems. Additionally, we cannot predict the method or outcome of every possible cyber incident or ensure that we have protected ourselves against every possible cyber threat in light of the varied and increasingly complex breaches faced by companies on a regular basis. Problems with, or shortcomings in, our systems or plans could have a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct business, our results of operations, and our financial position. 20 Table of Contents We utilize information technology systems to support our business. Our multi-year implementation of an enterprise-wide resource planning system, reliance upon multiple legacy business systems, security breaches, or other disruptions to our information technology systems or assets, could interfere with our operations, compromise security of our customers’ or suppliers’ information and expose us to liability which could adversely impact our business and reputation. Our operations rely on certain key IT systems, many of which are legacy in nature or may be dependent upon third-party services, to provide critical connections of data, information, and services for internal and external users. Over the next several years, we expect to implement a new enterprise resource planning system (“ERP”), which will require significant financial and human resources to deploy. There can be no assurance that the actual costs for the ERP will not exceed our current estimates or that the ERP will not take longer to successfully implement than we currently expect. The failure to successfully implement the ERP in a timely manner may adversely affect our ability to establish and maintain an effective control environment. In addition, potential flaws in implementing the ERP, not adequately training our work force or adapting our systems and processes to effectively operate under the ERP, or the failure of any portion/module of the ERP to meet our needs, properly interface with legacy systems or provide appropriate controls, may pose risks to our ability to operate successfully and efficiently. There may be other challenges and risks to both our aging and current IT systems over time due to any number of causes, such as catastrophic events, availability of resources, power outages, security breaches, or cyber-based attacks, and as we upgrade and standardize our ERP system on a company-wide basis. These challenges and risks could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or penalties, disruption to our operations, a material weakness in or failure of our control environment, loss of valuable data, and damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business. Disruptions in our disaster recovery systems, management continuity planning, or information systems could limit our ability to operate our business effectively, or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our IT systems facilitate our ability to conduct our business. While we have disaster recovery systems in place, these systems may not be adequate, and any disruptions in our disaster recovery systems could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively monitor and control our operations. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our technology systems could be subject to physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our management personnel were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be adversely affected. We have made and may continue to make acquisitions, which could divert the attention of management and which may not be integrated successfully into our existing business. We may not find suitable acquisitions in the future, which could adversely affect our ability to penetrate new markets and achieve our growth objectives. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions to enter new geographic markets and expand the scope of services we provide. We cannot assure you that we will identify suitable acquisition candidates, acquisitions will be completed on acceptable terms or at all, our due diligence process will uncover all potential liabilities or issues affecting our integration process, we will not incur breakup, termination or similar fees and expenses, or we will be able to successfully integrate the operations of any acquired business. Furthermore, acquisitions in new geographic markets and services may require us to comply with new and unfamiliar legal and regulatory requirements, which could impose substantial obligations on us and our management, cause us to expend additional time and resources, and increase our exposure to penalties or fines for noncompliance with such requirements. The acquisitions could be of significant size and involve operations in multiple jurisdictions. The acquisition and integration of another business could divert management attention from other business activities. This diversion, together with other difficulties we may incur in integrating an acquired business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, we may incur debt to finance acquisitions. Such borrowings may not be available on terms as favorable to us as our current borrowing terms and may increase our leverage. 21 Table of Contents We face new competitors in the O&P patient care services market. The barriers to entry into the O&P patient care services business in the United States are generally low. In particular, we are aware that two O&P product manufacturers, each with international O&P patient care services operations, also now operate O&P patient care services business in the United States, and could continue to expand their U.S. presence. These O&P product manufacturers are important suppliers to our O&P patient care services business as well as our Product & Services segment distribution business. Other O&P product manufacturers with international O&P patient care services operations could also choose to enter the U.S. O&P patient care services market, as could other healthcare companies. These competitors have significant financial resources, established brands, and other competitive strengths. The continued expansion of these competitors, and the entry of new competitors into the O&P patient care services market in the United States, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, these competitors could negatively impact our acquisition strategy in the O&P patient care services market. In particular, competition for acquisition candidates could increase the prices we pay to complete acquisitions, and could cause us to lose acquisitions to competitors, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The O&P patient care services industry in the United States is consolidating, and this consolidation could adversely affect the distribution business in our Products & Services segment. In recent years the O&P patient care services industry in the United States has been consolidating, and that consolidation is accelerating. The primary customers of the distribution business in our Products & Services Segment are these independent O&P patient care service providers. If the consolidation of these independent O&P provider customers were to cause them to source their purchases of O&P products, components and supplies from another supplier, it could adversely affect the net revenue, cash flow and profitability of our distribution business and the Products & Services segment. The Company’s financial condition and results of operations for fiscal year 2021 and beyond may continue to be materially adversely affected by the ongoing coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak. The outbreak of COVID-19 evolved into a global pandemic in the first quarter of 2020. The full extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak will continue to impact our business and operating results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new medical and other information that may emerge concerning COVID-19 and the actions by governmental entities or others to contain it or mitigate its impact. The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant negative impact on our business and results of operations in 2020. We experienced a reduction in revenue due to a decline in the number of patients that we treated in our patient care clinics, as well as a reduction in sales to independent O&P clinics by our distribution business. A significant portion of this decline was due to O&P patients determining voluntarily to wait for various reasons, including concerns regarding their own health and safety, for appointments and procedures, both with us and with their referring physicians, that the patient deems to be non-urgent or otherwise able to be deferred or postponed. Although we have seen some recovery in patient volume since April of 2020, and sequentially since the second quarter of 2020, the progress of the COVID-19 pandemic has been erratic, with infection rates fluctuating in many regions throughout the United States, and we are unable to predict when the COVID-19 pandemic will no longer significantly impact our patient volumes, both in our own clinics and at independent O&P providers. Nevertheless, we continue to believe that these patient volume declines primarily reflect a deferral of healthcare services utilization to a later period, rather than a permanent reduction in demand for our services. Given the general necessity of the services that our patient care clinics provide, we anticipate that this deferral of services may create a backlog of demand in the future, in addition to the resumption of historically normal levels of patient activity; however, there is no assurance that either will occur. To date, we have not experienced significantly extended billing and collection cycles as a result of displaced employees, delayed reimbursement by governmental or private payers, or delayed revenue cycle management procedures; however, we cannot predict the impact the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may have on these areas of our operations in future periods. We may also face a shortage in products within our supply chain in the future, which could impact our ability to service our patients in our clinics on a timely basis or at all. 22 Table of Contents Our management of the impact of COVID-19 has and will continue to require significant investment of time from our management and employees, as well as resources across our enterprise. The focus on managing and mitigating the impacts of COVID-19 on our business may cause us to divert or delay the application of our resources toward existing or new initiatives or investments, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Further, the impacts of COVID-19 have caused significant uncertainty and volatility in the credit markets. If our access to capital were to become significantly constrained, or if costs of capital increased significantly due the impact of COVID-19 including, volatility in the capital markets, a reduction in our credit ratings or other factors, then our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. There have been several new sources of funding that flowed from Federal and state sources to health care providers and suppliers relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. We received approximately $24.0 million in grants under the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the CARES Act, which established to reimburse providers for lost revenue and health-care related expenses that are attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. We will be required to attest to and comply with the terms and conditions of any funding that we receive under the Provider Relief Fund, and to track our use of the funds in order to demonstrate such compliance. Guidance issued by the Department of Health and Human Services surrounding compliance requirements continues to emerge and evolve, resulting in increased complexity in our reporting obligations related to the payments received under the Provider Relief Fund. If we fail to appropriately comply with all of the terms and conditions, we may be required to repay some or all of these amounts and may be subject to other enforcement action, which could have a material adverse impact. Due to the recent enactment of the CARES Act, the Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act and other enacted legislation, there is still a high degree of uncertainty surrounding the implementation of such legislation. Many of the potential requirements under these sources of funding were not promulgated pursuant to notice-and-comment rulemaking but were, rather, issued as subregulatory guidance, responses to frequently asked questions (“FAQs”) and other informal issuances, the content and substance of which changed materially and regularly. There can be no assurance that the terms and conditions of provider relief funding or other relief programs will not change or be interpreted in ways that affect our ability to comply with such terms and conditions in the future (which could affect our ability to retain any funding that we receive), the amount of total stimulus funding we may ultimately receive or our eligibility to participate in any future stimulus funding. We continue to assess the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government responses to the pandemic on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The foregoing and other continued disruptions to our business as a result of COVID-19 has had, and is currently expected to continue to have, a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Disruption of our supply chain could adversely affect our net revenue, cash flow, and profitability. We depend on domestic and international outside suppliers and O&P product manufacturers to provide the materials, components, and products we use in the devices we provide to the patients of our Patient Care segment, and distribute to the customers of our distribution business in our Products & Services segment. Disruption of our supply chain could result from a variety of factors that could impact our suppliers, manufacturers, or shipping carriers. These factors include, among other things: a natural disaster, including a hurricane, earthquake, or flood; a public health crisis, including a global or regional pandemic outbreak of disease; adverse weather; a cybersecurity breach or incident; terrorism or other acts of violence; acts of war or other armed conflict; operational or financial instability of one or more key suppliers, manufacturers or shipping carriers; unavailability of raw materials; transportation interruptions or delays; or labor strikes or other labor activities. To date, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have not had a material adverse impact on our supply chain; however, we cannot provide assurance future developments will not result in a significant disruption to our supply chain. Any discontinuation or interruption in the availability of the materials, components, and products we use and sell in our businesses from one or more suppliers or manufacturers could increase our cost of materials, or delay or preclude deliveries to our patients and customers, which could have an adverse effect on our net revenue, cash flow, and profitability. 23 Table of Contents Consolidation of manufacturers within the O&P industry may adversely affect our business by increasing prices we pay for certain devices and components. We depend on a limited number of manufacturers who supply us with certain key devices and components used in the prostheses we provide to our patients, particularly with respect to high technology components. These manufacturers are subject to a consolidation trend within the O&P industry. To the extent this trend continues, consolidation amongst certain manufacturers could result in a sole or limited source for certain high technology devices and components used in the devices we provide to patients. Any such consolidation could require us to pay increased prices for such devices and components, which could significantly reduce our gross margin and profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business. In order to remain competitive, we are required to make capital expenditures to maintain our systems, properties, and our equipment. In order to remain competitive, we are required to make capital expenditures to invest in reengineering our supply chain and financial systems, in therapeutic equipment for our Products & Services segment, and to refurbish and maintain our property and equipment generally. A substantial portion of our anticipated capital expenditure requirements over the next several years relate to updating and refreshing the physical and technology infrastructure that supports logistics and warehousing of products for both our business segments. We also continue to invest in refreshing the therapeutic equipment portfolio of Accelerated Care Plus in our Products & Services segment, and in upgrading and maintaining the appearance and function of our patient care clinics and satellite locations in our Patient Care segment. If we are unable to fund any such investment or otherwise fail to invest in such items, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our products and services face the risk of technological obsolescence, which, if realized, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The medical device industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological change. There can be no assurance that third parties will not succeed in developing and marketing technologies, products or services that are more effective than those that we provide our patients, or that would render the products and services we provide our patients obsolete or noncompetitive. Additionally, new surgical procedures and medications could be developed for diabetes, trauma associated with accidents or physical injury, tumors, infection, or musculoskeletal disorders of the back, extremities, or joints that would replace or reduce the importance of our prosthetic and orthotic products and services. Accordingly, our success will depend upon our ability to respond to future medical and technological changes that may impact the demand for our prosthetic and orthotic products and services. We depend on our ability to recruit and retain experienced clinicians. Our revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our patient care clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our clinicians are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and skilled clinicians, our business may decrease and our net operating revenues may decline. We may also experience increases in our labor costs, if higher wages and greater benefits are required to attract and retain qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, while we attempt to manage overall labor costs in the most efficient way, our efforts to manage them may have limited effectiveness and may lead to increased turnover and other challenges. Given the complexities and demands related to reimbursement, we may fail to adequately provide the staffing and systems necessary to ensure we effectively manage our reimbursement processes. The nature of our business requires that we are effective in the assessment of patient eligibility, the process of pre-authorization, the recordation and collection of provider documentation, the timely and complete submission of claims for reimbursement, the application of cash receipts to patient accounts, the timely response to payor denials, and the conduct of collection activities. If we fail to provide adequate or qualified staffing, we could incur reductions in the amount of reimbursement we receive for the O&P services that we provide. 24 Table of Contents If we are unable to retain our senior management and key employees, then our business and results of operations and financial position could be harmed. Our ability to maintain our competitive position is largely dependent on the services of our senior management and other key employees. Although we have employment agreements with our senior management, these agreements do not prevent those individuals from ceasing their employment with us at any time. If we are unable to retain existing senior management and other key employees, or to attract other such qualified employees on terms satisfactory to us, then our business could be adversely affected. Our failure to economically procure necessary components and to conduct timely and effective inventories of the materials and components we use in our business could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our business involves the use of materials and componentry we acquire from third party manufacturers. If manufacturers critical to our business substantially increase the cost of the components they sell to us, then our inability to acquire the necessary materials and components on a cost effective basis may adversely affect revenues and earnings. Additionally, to successfully perform our business, it is necessary that we conduct timely and thorough inventories of our raw materials and Work in Process. The conduct of these inventories is costly and time consuming. If we encounter issues in their conduct, given that our clinicians oversee the inventory processes which occur in our clinics, remedial procedures can disrupt our ability to see and treat patients, and thereby adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Insurance coverage for some of our losses may be inadequate and may be subject to the credit risk of commercial insurance companies. Some of our insurance coverage is through various third-party insurers. To the extent we hold policies to cover certain groups of claims or rely on insurance coverage obtained by third parties to cover such claims, but either we or such third parties did not obtain sufficient insurance limits, did not buy an extended reporting period policy, where applicable, or the issuing insurance company is unable or unwilling to pay such claims, we may be responsible for those losses. Furthermore, for our losses that are insured or reinsured through commercial insurance companies, we are subject to the “credit risk” of those insurance companies. While we believe our commercial insurance company providers currently are creditworthy, there can be no assurance that such insurance companies will remain so in the future. III. Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment A cybersecurity incident could cause a violation of HIPAA and other privacy laws and regulations or result in a loss of confidential data. We are not currently in full compliance with all the requirements of the regulations issued under HIPAA, and this could result in heightened cybersecurity risk. A cyber attack that penetrates our IT security defenses causing an IT security breach, loss of protected health information or other data subject to privacy laws, loss of proprietary business information, or a material disruption of our IT business systems, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, our future results of operations, as well as our reputation, could be adversely impacted by theft, destruction, loss, or misappropriation of protected health information, other confidential data, or proprietary business information. Our acquisitions require transitions and integration of various information technology systems, and we regularly upgrade and expand our information technology systems’ capabilities. If we experience difficulties with the transition and integration of these systems or are unable to implement, maintain, or expand our systems properly, we could suffer from, among other things, operational disruptions, regulatory problems, working capital disruptions, and increases in administrative expenses. While we make significant efforts to address any information security issues and vulnerabilities with respect to the companies we acquire, we may still inherit risks of security breaches or other compromises when we integrate these companies within our business. 25 Table of Contents We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local governmental regulations, noncompliance with which could result in significant penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our business. A failure by us to comply with the numerous federal, state, and/or local health care and other governmental regulations to which we are subject, including the regulations discussed under “Government Regulation” in “ITEM 1. BUSINESS.” above, could result in significant penalties and adverse consequences, including exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our non-compete agreements and other restrictive covenants involving clinicians may not be enforceable. We have contracts with clinicians in many states. Some of these contracts include provisions preventing these clinicians from competing with us both during and after the term of our relationship with them. The law governing non-compete agreements and other forms of restrictive covenants varies from state to state. Some states are reluctant to strictly enforce non-compete agreements and restrictive covenants applicable to health care providers. There can be no assurance that our non-compete agreements related to affiliated clinicians will not be successfully challenged as unenforceable in certain states. In such event, we would be unable to prevent former affiliated clinicians from competing with us, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our patients, reducing our revenues and earnings. We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business or to defend successfully against intellectual property infringement claims by third parties. Our ability to compete effectively depends in part upon our intellectual property rights, including but not limited to our trademarks and copyrights, and our proprietary technology. Our use of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and agreements, and trademark, copyright, unfair competition, trade secret, and other laws to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology may not be adequate. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary technology, or to defend against claims by third parties that the conduct of our businesses or our use of intellectual property infringes upon such third-party’s intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property litigation or claims brought against us, whether or not meritorious, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. The terms of any settlement or judgment may require us to pay substantial amounts to the other party or cease exercising our rights in such intellectual property, including ceasing the use of certain trademarks used by us to distinguish our services from those of others or ceasing the exercise of our rights in copyrightable works. In addition, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. Our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected as a result. IV. Risks Related to Our Common Stock and Capital Structure We have substantial indebtedness, and our failure to comply with the covenants and payment requirements of that indebtedness may subject us to increased interest expenses, lender consent and amendment costs, or adverse financial consequences. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $503.1 million in indebtedness. This current level of indebtedness is comprised of approximately $491.1 million of borrowings under the term loan facility under our Credit Agreement, no borrowings under the revolving credit facility of our Credit Agreement, and approximately $12.0 million of indebtedness related to other financing obligations and Seller Notes, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs. Under our Credit Agreement, we are required to comply with certain financial covenants and other provisions. In addition to other requirements, these provisions include requirements that we timely prepare our financial statements and timely receive audits on our annual financial statements, meet certain financial ratio requirements, and timely pay interest and principal when due. To the extent that we fail to meet our financial statement requirements in future periods, our operating trends do not enable us to meet our financial covenant requirements, we are unable to pay interest or principal when due or we are unable to meet other covenants and requirements contained within our currently existing Credit Agreement, we may default under the Credit Agreement. A default could result in increases in consent or amendment fees to lenders, increases in interest costs, the imposition of additional constraints on borrowing by our lenders, or potentially more serious liquidity constraints and adverse financial consequences, including reductions in the value of our common stock or the necessity of seeking protection from creditors under bankruptcy laws. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for further discussion. 26 Table of Contents Additionally, our current Credit Agreement includes variable interest rates. In the event that interest rates rise, we will be required to pay greater interest expenses, which will have an adverse effect on our income from operations and financial condition. To remedy issues we may encounter with meeting our debt obligations, or for other purposes, we may find it necessary to seek further refinancing of our indebtedness, and may do so with debt instruments that are more costly than our existing instruments (and which will rank senior to our equity securities), or we may issue additional equity securities which may dilute the ownership interests or value of our existing shareholders. These actions may decrease the value of our equity securities. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● industry or general market conditions; domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance; changes in our referral sources’ or customers’ preferences; new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines; lawsuits, enforcement actions, and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities; actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results; changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts; action by activist shareholders, institutional shareholders or other large shareholders, including future sales or purchases of our common stock; the entry of a new competitor into one of the markets we serve; speculation in the press or investment community; investor perception of us and our industry; changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies; announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, or strategic partnerships; any future sales of our common stock or other securities; additions or departures of key personnel; and ability to file future SEC filings timely. The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years from a variety of reasons that have been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies, including geopolitical, social, healthcare, and other events impacting the global stock markets generally. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against such company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 27 Table of Contents If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more analysts downgrade our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth, to develop our business, and to potentially fund future share repurchases. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which shareholders have purchased their shares. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS. None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. As of December 31, 2020, we operated or leased 816 patient care locations, comprised of 704 patient care clinics and 112 satellite locations, in 46 states and the District of Columbia. We own eight buildings, including seven buildings that house a patient care clinic and one building that is currently unoccupied. Our patient care clinics occupied under leases have terms expiring between 2021 and 2030. Our patient care clinics average approximately 3,200 square feet in size. In total, including locations relating to our non-patient care businesses, administrative, and fabrication locations, as well as storage and other non-occupied space, we currently have 926 locations, of which 918 are under lease. We believe our leased and owned facilities are adequate for carrying out our current and anticipated future O&P operations. We believe we will be able to renew such leases as they expire or find comparable or alternative space on commercially suitable terms. See Note L - “Leases” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our facilities leases. 28 Table of Contents The following table sets forth the number of our patient care clinics and satellite locations in each state as of December 31, 2020: State Alabama Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut District of Columbia Delaware Florida Georgia Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Patient Care Patient Care Patient Care Locations State Locations State Locations 11 36 6 70 27 13 3 1 49 41 1 37 11 19 15 12 Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee Texas Utah Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming 15 9 13 8 14 19 11 24 3 10 6 4 10 13 30 27 4 36 10 10 46 14 3 20 42 5 16 20 6 11 5 Other leased real estate holdings include our distribution facilities in Texas, Nevada, Georgia, Illinois, and Pennsylvania (ceased operations as of September 30, 2020), our corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas; the headquarters for our therapeutic solutions business in Reno, Nevada, which is located within our Nevada distribution facility, and the headquarters for our distribution business, located within one of our two distribution facilities in Alpharetta, Georgia. We additionally operate twelve separate leased fabrication facilities that assist our patient care locations in the fabrication of devices. The fabrication facilities are located in the states of Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Kansas, Tennessee, and Texas. Substantially all of our owned properties are pledged to collateralize bank indebtedness. See Note M - “Long-Term Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our outstanding debt and related collateral. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. From time to time we are subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of our business, and are also subject to additional payments under business purchase agreements. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of our operations. We operate in a highly regulated industry and receive regulatory agency inquiries from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including inquiries relating to our billing activities. No assurance can be given that any discrepancies identified during a regulatory review will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES. Not applicable. 29 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. OF EQUITY SECURITIES. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES The following information in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing. Market Information Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HNGR.” Holders At February 17, 2021, there were approximately 149 holders of record of our 38,147,988 shares of outstanding common stock. Dividend Policy We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and our Board of Directors intends to continue this policy for the foreseeable future. We plan to retain earnings for use in our business. The terms of our credit agreements and certain other agreements limit the payment of dividends on our common stock and such agreements are expected to continue to limit the payment of dividends in the future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent on our results of operations, financial condition, contractual and legal restrictions, and any other factors deemed to be relevant. Sales of Unregistered Securities During the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not sell any securities that were unregistered under the Securities Act of 1933. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not make any purchases of our common stock. 30 Table of Contents STOCK PERFORMANCE CHART The annual changes in the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the five-year period shown in the graph below are based on the assumption that $100 had been invested in our common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, the Standard & Poor’s Small Cap 600 Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Stock Index, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Health Care Services Index, and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Health Care Facilities Index on December 31, 2014, and that all quarterly dividends were reinvested at the average of the closing stock prices at the beginning and end of the quarter. The total cumulative dollar returns shown on the graph represent returns that such investments would have had on December 31, 2020. Hanger, Inc. S&P 500 Index - Total Returns S&P Small Cap 600 Index Russell 2000 Index S&P 500 Health Care Services Index S&P 500 Health Care Facilities Index 2015 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2016 69.91 111.96 126.56 121.31 89.38 101.75 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ As of December 31, 2018 2017 115.20 130.42 131.15 123.76 96.33 154.38 95.74 136.40 143.30 139.08 95.15 117.11 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2019 167.85 171.49 161.03 155.35 112.16 186.97 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2020 133.68 203.04 179.20 186.36 114.97 202.24 $ $ $ $ $ $ Our stock price in 2016 was negatively impacted by our common stock’s suspension from trading on February 26, 2016 and subsequent delisting from trading on the NYSE and the commencement of trading on February 29, 2016 on the OTC. Our stock was relisted on the NYSE on September 11, 2018. 31 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. The following tables set forth certain selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2020, and is derived from the consolidated financial statements of Hanger, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020 are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 and the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10- K. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Year Ended December 31, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss): Net revenues (1) Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Impairment of intangible assets Income (loss) from operations Interest expense, net Loss on extinguishment of debt Non-service defined benefit plan expense Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes Provision (benefit) for income taxes Income (loss) from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes Net income (loss) Total other comprehensive loss Comprehensive income (loss) Basic Per Common Share Data: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes Basic income (loss) per share Shares used to compute basic per common share amounts Diluted Per Common Share Data: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes Diluted income (loss) per share Shares used to compute diluted per common share amounts $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2020 1,001,150 315,410 351,191 99,854 118,764 9,177 34,847 $ 2019 2017 2018 (in thousands, except per share amounts) 1,098,046 357,771 372,225 134,943 118,065 13,689 35,925 $ 1,040,769 329,223 361,090 129,831 109,342 36,239 39,259 54,735 (18,950) 57,688 1,048,760 338,017 364,089 123,902 109,552 16,915 36,455 183 59,647 37,566 16,998 703 — — 71,907 32,445 — 632 65,428 34,258 — 691 2016 $ 1,042,054 332,071 363,537 139,024 106,438 41,233 44,887 86,164 (71,300) 45,199 6,031 786 38,830 638 38,192 30,479 2,954 27,525 4,380 5,238 (858) — $ 38,192 (7,664) 30,528 $ — $ 27,525 (8,020) 19,505 $ — $ (858) (2,482) (3,340) $ — 736 (77,374) 27,297 (104,671) (104,671) (246) (104,917) — $ $ (0.02) $ — $ (0.02) 36,765 (2.89) $ — $ (2.89) 36,271 (0.02) $ — $ (0.02) 36,765 (2.89) $ — $ (2.89) 36,271 0.74 $ — $ 0.74 37,267 0.72 $ — $ 0.72 38,065 1.01 $ — $ 1.01 37,949 0.99 $ — $ 0.99 38,598 32 (123,316) (15,910) (107,406) 935 (106,471) (26) (106,497) (2.99) 0.03 (2.96) 35,933 (2.99) 0.03 (2.96) 35,933 Table of Contents Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Working capital (2) Total assets (2) Total debt Shareholders’ equity (deficit) 2020 144,602 129,292 950,751 503,097 50,977 $ $ $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 2017 $ $ $ $ $ 74,419 107,249 842,253 498,873 9,504 $ $ $ $ $ 95,114 154,626 703,010 510,673 (21,924) $ $ $ $ $ 1,508 78,666 640,423 450,264 (28,051) $ $ $ $ $ 2016 7,157 55,014 755,104 472,650 65,414 (1) For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, net revenues reflect the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and related clarifying standards. Periods prior to 2018 have not been adjusted. (2) As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance sheet data reflects the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases and related clarifying standards. Periods prior to 2019 have not been adjusted. For further information regarding the comparability of the financial data presented in the tables above and factors that may impact the comparability of future results, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the consolidated financial statements and notes included in this Annual Report and previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K. 33 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K including this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (or “Management’s Discussion and Analysis”) contains statements that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “potential,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts,” or similar words. These statements are based on certain assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we believe are appropriate in these circumstances. We believe these judgments are reasonable, but you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results, and our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements due to a variety of important factors, both positive and negative, that may be revised or supplemented in subsequent reports. These statements involve risks, estimates, assumptions, and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these statements and elsewhere in this report. These uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the financial and business impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers, governmental and private payers, and others in the healthcare industry and beyond; federal laws governing the health care industry; governmental policies affecting O&P operations, including with respect to reimbursement; failure to successfully implement a new enterprise resource planning system or other disruptions to information technology systems; the inability to successfully execute our acquisition strategy, including integration of recently acquired O&P clinics into our existing business; changes in the demand for our O&P products and services, including additional competition in the O&P services market; disruptions to our supply chain; our ability to enter into and derive benefits from managed-care contracts; our ability to successfully attract and retain qualified O&P clinicians; and other risks and uncertainties generally affecting the health care industry. Readers are cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties including, without limitation, those described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, some of which are beyond our control. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included in this report will prove to be accurate. Actual results could differ materially and adversely from those contemplated by any forward-looking statement. In light of the significant risks and uncertainties inherent in the forward- looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans will be achieved. We undertake no obligation to publicly release any revisions to any forward-looking statements in this discussion to reflect events and circumstances occurring after the date hereof or to reflect unanticipated events. Forward-looking statements and our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations may be affected by the risks set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” or by other unknown risks and uncertainties. Non-GAAP Measures We refer to certain financial measures and statistics that are not in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). We utilize these non-GAAP measures in order to evaluate the underlying factors that affect our business performance and trends. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation and should not be considered superior to, or as a substitute for, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We have defined and provided a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to their most comparable GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measure used in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis is as follows: Same Clinic Revenues Per Day - measures the year-over-year change in revenue from clinics that have been open a full calendar year or more. Examples of clinics not included in the same center population are closures and acquisitions. Day-adjusted growth normalizes sales for the number of days a clinic was open in each comparable period. 34 Table of Contents Overview Business Overview General We are a leading national provider of products and services that assist in enhancing or restoring the physical capabilities of patients with disabilities or injuries, and we and our predecessor companies have provided O&P services for nearly 160 years. We provide O&P services, distribute O&P devices and components, manage O&P networks, and provide therapeutic solutions to patients and businesses in acute, post-acute, and clinic settings. We operate through two segments - Patient Care and Products & Services. Our Patient Care segment is primarily comprised of Hanger Clinic, which specializes in the design, fabrication, and delivery of custom O&P devices through 704 patient care clinics and 112 satellite locations in 46 states and the District of Columbia, as of December 31, 2020. We also provide payor network contracting services to other O&P providers through this segment. Our Products & Services segment is comprised of our distribution services and therapeutic solutions businesses. As a leading provider of O&P products in the United States, we engage in the distribution of a broad catalog of O&P parts, componentry, and devices to independent O&P providers nationwide. The other business in our Products & Services segment is our therapeutic solutions business, which develops specialized rehabilitation technologies and provides evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation to patients at approximately 4,000 skilled nursing and post- acute providers nationwide. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, our net revenues were $1,001.2 million, $1,098.0 million, and $1,048.8 million, respectively. We recorded net income of $38.2 million and $27.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and a net loss of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Industry Overview We estimate that approximately $4.3 billion is spent in the United States each year for prescription-based O&P products and services through O&P clinics. We believe our Patient Care segment currently accounts for approximately 21% of the market, providing a comprehensive portfolio of orthotic, prosthetic, and post-operative solutions to patients in acute, post-acute, and patient care clinic settings. The O&P patient care services market in the United States is highly fragmented and is characterized by regional and local independent O&P businesses operated predominantly by independent operators, but also including two O&P product manufacturers with substantial international patient care services operations. We do not believe that any single competitor accounts for 2% or more of the nation’s total estimated O&P clinic revenues. The industry is characterized by stable, recurring revenues, primarily resulting from new patients as well as the need for periodic replacement and modification of O&P devices. We anticipate that the demand for O&P services will continue to grow as the nation’s population increases, and as a result of several trends, including the aging of the U.S. population, there will be an increase in the prevalence of disease-related disability and the demand for new and advanced devices. We believe the typical replacement time for prosthetic devices is three to five years, while the typical replacement time for orthotic devices varies, depending on the device. We estimate that approximately $1.8 billion is spent in the United States each year by providers of O&P patient care services for the O&P products, components, devices, and supplies used in their businesses. Our Products & Services segment distributes to independent providers of O&P services. We estimate that our distribution sales account for approximately 9% of the market for O&P products, components, devices, and supplies (excluding sales to our Patient Care segment). We estimate the market for rehabilitation technologies, integrated clinical programs, and clinician training in skilled nursing facilities (“SNFs”) to be approximately $150 million annually. We currently provide these products and services to approximately 25% of the estimated 15,000 SNFs located in the U.S. We estimate the market for rehabilitation technologies, clinical programs, and training within the broader post-acute rehabilitation markets to be approximately $400 million annually. We do not currently provide a meaningful amount of products and services to this broader market. 35 Table of Contents Business Description Patient Care Our Patient Care segment employs approximately 1,600 clinical prosthetists, orthotists, and pedorthists, which we refer to as clinicians, substantially all of which are certified by either the American Board for Certification (“ABC”) or the Board of Certification of Orthotists and Prosthetists, which are the two boards that certify O&P clinicians. To facilitate timely service to our patients, we also employ technicians, fitters, and other ancillary providers to assist our clinicians in the performance of their duties. Through this segment, we additionally provide network contracting services to independent providers of O&P. Patients are typically referred to Hanger Clinic by an attending physician who determines a patient’s treatment and writes a prescription. Our clinicians then consult with both the referring physician and the patient with a view toward assisting in the selection of an orthotic or prosthetic device to meet the patient’s needs. O&P devices are increasingly technologically advanced and custom designed to add functionality and comfort to patients’ lives, shorten the rehabilitation process, and lower the cost of rehabilitation. Based on the prescription written by a referring physician, our clinicians examine and evaluate the patient and either design a custom device or, in the case of certain orthotic needs, utilize a non-custom device, including, in appropriate circumstances, an “off the shelf” device, to address the patient’s needs. When fabricating a device, our clinicians ascertain the specific requirements, componentry, and measurements necessary for the construction of the device. Custom devices are constructed using componentry provided by a variety of third party manufacturers that specialize in O&P, coupled with sockets and other elements that are fabricated by our clinicians and technicians, to meet the individual patient’s physical and ambulatory needs. Our clinicians and technicians typically utilize castings, electronic scans, and other techniques to fabricate items that are specialized for the patient. After fabricating the device, a fitting process is undertaken and adjustments are made to ensure the achievement of proper alignment, fit, and patient comfort. The fitting process often involves several stages to successfully achieve desired functional and cosmetic results. Given the differing physical weight and size characteristics, location of injury or amputation, capability for physical activity and mobility, cosmetic, and other needs of each individual patient, each fabricated prosthesis and orthosis is customized for each particular patient. These custom devices are commonly fabricated at one of our regional or national fabrication facilities. We have earned a reputation within the O&P industry for the development and use of innovative technology in our products, which has increased patient comfort and capability and can significantly enhance the rehabilitation process. We utilize multiple scanning and imaging technologies in the fabrication process, depending on the patient’s individual needs, including our proprietary Insignia scanning system. The Insignia system scans the patient and produces an accurate computer-generated image, resulting in a faster turnaround for the patient’s device and a more professional overall experience. In recent years, we have established a centralized revenue cycle management organization that assists our clinics in pre-authorization, patient eligibility, denial management, collections, payor audit coordination, and other accounts receivable processes. The principal reimbursement sources for our services are: ● Commercial private payors and other non-governmental organizations, which consist of individuals, rehabilitation providers, commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”), hospitals, vocational rehabilitation centers, workers’ compensation programs, third party administrators, and similar sources; ● Medicare, a federally funded health insurance program providing health insurance coverage for persons aged 65 or older and certain persons with disabilities; ● Medicaid, a health insurance program jointly funded by federal and state governments providing health insurance coverage for certain persons requiring financial assistance, regardless of age, which may supplement Medicare benefits for persons aged 65 or older requiring financial assistance; and ● the VA. 36 Table of Contents We typically enter into contracts with third party payors that allow us to perform O&P services for a referred patient and to be reimbursed for our services. These contracts usually have a stated term of one to three years and generally may be terminated without cause by either party on 60 to 90 days’ notice, or on 30 days’ notice if we have not complied with certain licensing, certification, program standards, Medicare or Medicaid requirements, or other regulatory requirements. Reimbursement for services is typically based on a fee schedule negotiated with the third party payor that reflects various factors, including market conditions, geographic area, and number of persons covered. Many of our commercial contracts are indexed to the commensurate Medicare fee schedule that relates to the products or services being provided. Government reimbursement is comprised of Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA. These payors set maximum reimbursement levels for O&P services and products. Medicare prices are adjusted each year based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”) unless Congress acts to change or eliminate the adjustment. The CPI-U is adjusted further by an efficiency factor known as the “Productivity Adjustment” or the “Multi-Factor Productivity Adjustment” in order to determine the final rate adjustment each year. There can be no assurance that future adjustments will not reduce reimbursements for O&P services and products from these sources. We, and the O&P industry in general, are subject to various Medicare compliance audits, including Recovery Audit Contractor (“RAC”) audits, Comprehensive Error Rate Testing (“CERT”) audits, Targeted Probe and Educate (“TPE”) audits, Supplemental Medical Review Contractor (“SMRC”) audits, and Unified Program Integrity Contractor (“UPIC”) audits. TPE audits are generally pre-payment audits, while RAC, CERT, and SMRC audits are generally post-payment audits. UPIC audits can be both pre- or post-payment audits, with a majority currently pre-payment. TPE audits replaced the previous Medicare Administrative Contractor audits. Adverse post-payment audit determinations generally require Hanger to reimburse Medicare for payments previously made, while adverse pre-payment audit determinations generally result in the denial of payment. In either case, we can request a redetermination or appeal, if we believe the adverse determination is unwarranted, which can take an extensive period of time to resolve, currently up to six years or more. Products & Services Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc. (“SPS”), we distribute O&P components to independent O&P clinics and other customers. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Accelerated Care Plus Corp. (“ACP”), our therapeutic solutions business is a leading provider of rehabilitation technologies and integrated clinical programs to skilled nursing and post-acute rehabilitation providers. Our value proposition is to provide our customers with a full-service “total solutions” approach encompassing proven medical technology, evidence-based clinical programs, and ongoing consultative education and training. Our services support increasingly advanced treatment options for a broader patient population and more medically complex conditions. We currently serve approximately 4,000 skilled nursing and post-acute providers nationwide. Through our SureFit subsidiary, we also manufacture and sell therapeutic footwear for diabetic patients in the podiatric market. We also operate the Hanger Fabrication Network, which fabricates custom O&P devices for our patient care clinics, as well as for independent O&P clinics. Through our internal “supply chain” organization, we purchase, warehouse, and distribute over 475,000 SKUs from more than 300 different manufacturers through SPS or directly to our own clinics within our Patient Care segment. Our warehousing and distribution facilities in Nevada, Georgia, Illinois, and Texas provide us with the ability to deliver products to the vast majority of our customers in the United States within two business days. The distribution facility we formerly operated in Pennsylvania ceased operations in September 2020. Our supply chain organization enables us to: ● ● ● ● ● centralize our purchasing and thus lower our material costs by negotiating purchasing discounts from manufacturers; better manage our patient care clinic inventory levels and improve inventory turns; improve inventory quality control; encourage our patient care clinics to use the most clinically appropriate products; and coordinate new product development efforts with key vendors. 37 Table of Contents Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic Beginning in the last two weeks of March 2020, our business volumes began to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. As federal, state, and local authorities implemented social distancing and suppression measures to respond to an increasing number of nationwide COVID-19 infections, we experienced a decrease in our patient appointments and general business volumes. In response, during the last week of March 2020, we made certain changes to our operations, implemented a broad number of cost reduction measures, and delayed certain capital investment projects. Although our business volumes have shown gradual improvement from their initial significant decline, the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business continued throughout 2020 and continues in early 2021. These volume effects and our operating responses are discussed further in this section, and the effects of COVID-19 on our financial condition is discussed in the “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below. Effect on Business Volumes During the three-month periods ending March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020, patient appointments in our clinics declined by approximately 3%, 33%, 16%, and 12%, respectively, as compared to their corresponding periods in 2019. For the full year, patient appointments declined by 17% as compared with the prior year period as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Throughout the pandemic, we experienced a relatively lower decline in prosthetic patient volumes as compared with orthotic patient volumes. Given the higher relative price of prosthetic devices this resulted in a more favorable product mix, and same-clinic revenues within our Patient Care segment declined at a lower rate than patient appointments, reflecting decreases of 3.2%, 18.6%, 10.3%, and 10.6%, on a per day basis, for the first, second, third, and fourth quarter, respectively. As of the end of December 2020, we had temporarily closed 8 patient care clinics and another 56 clinics were open for reduced hours or by appointment only. We believe the generally more acute nature of conditions that lead to the need for prosthetics, the patient age demographics, and the relatively greater impact that the absence of access to these devices can have on a patient’s daily life were the primary reasons that led to the relatively lower decline in prosthetic patients as compared with orthotic patients in our Patient Care segment during the period. Billings for componentry delivered to independent providers of orthotics and prosthetics by our distribution services business decreased by approximately 5%, 30%, 10%, and 8% for the first, second, third, and fourth quarters of 2020, respectively. Our business volumes associated with therapeutic solutions have also been adversely affected due to access restrictions our skilled nursing facility clients have implemented at their facilities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Due to significant geographic product mix and timing differences, there can be no assurance that these volumes or billing amounts will be reflective of our future results and are solely provided for the purposes of giving context to the magnitude of the effect of the COVID- 19 pandemic on our business during the fourth quarter. In the early months of 2021, vaccines for combating COVID-19 were approved by the US Food and Drug Administration, and the US government began a phased roll out of these vaccines. However, the initial quantities of the vaccines have been limited, and the US government has prioritized distribution to front-line health care workers and other essential workers, followed by individual populations that are most susceptible to the severe effects of COVID-19. We currently believe full administration of the vaccine to the broader population is unlikely to occur until the second half of 2021. Given the continuing impact of restrictions to mitigate the spread of COVID-19 and unknown challenges with regards to the effectiveness, distribution, and acceptance of COVID-19 vaccines, we believe that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to affect our business volumes in 2021 when compared to pre- pandemic levels. These adverse effects will primarily be the result of anticipated continuing governmental measures to suppress the virus to address periods and locations of virus mutation and reemergence, adverse economic consequences to our patients, and the general lack of normalcy in the willingness of individuals to engage in activities that might increase their likelihood of their exposure to the virus. Nevertheless, we do believe that the overall adverse impact will diminish over time, and that our patient appointment and other business volumes will gradually improve as the prevalence of the virus decreases and social distancing, masking, and testing measures become more routine, and infection risks subside following the widespread distribution of COVID-19 vaccines. Additionally, we believe that if a patient is initially unable or unwilling to come to one of our clinics to receive their prosthetic or orthotic device then their ultimate need for that device is not likely to change, and that we could accordingly have some favorable volume recovery effect in future periods as the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. 38 Table of Contents Operating and Cost Reduction Responses Throughout the periods affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, given that our services are considered essential, we have continued to operate our businesses. However, due to the risks posed to our clinicians, other employees, and patients, we have made certain changes to our operating practices in order to promote safety and to minimize the risk of virus transmission. These have included the implementation of certain patient screening protocols and the relocation of certain administrative and support personnel to a “work at home” environment. We have also changed the operating days and hours of certain of our clinics to adapt to changes in patient volumes. Normally, only our material costs and portions of our incentive compensation expenses vary directly with changes in our business volumes from one period to the next. This has been due in part to our historical practice of maintaining full-time staffing levels for clinicians and non-exempt employees in our clinic and support operations. This operating practice has been necessitated by our desire to provide high levels of accessibility and service to our patients. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we found it necessary to reduce our personnel costs in response to significant decreases in business volumes. Commencing at the start of April 2020, personnel cost reductions were implemented through (i) an average 32% decrease in the salaries of all of our exempt employees, the percentage of which varied from lower amounts for lower salaried employees up to reduction amounts ranging from 47% to 100% for our senior leadership team; (ii) the furloughing of certain employees on a voluntary and involuntary basis; (iii) the reduction of work hours for non-exempt employees; (iv) modification of bonus, commission, and other variable incentive plans; (v) the reduction of overtime expenses; (vi) the elimination of certain open positions; (vii) a reduction in the use of contract employees, and (viii) the temporary suspension of certain auto allowances. We initially communicated to our employees that reductions of exempt employee salaries could continue for up to a six month period ending on October 2, 2020 (the “Reduction Period”). Due to the trends in our business volumes discussed in the Effect on Business Volumes section, on June 8, 2020, and July 11, 2020 we reinstated approximate one-third portions of the salary reduction for our exempt employees, resulting in an average 11% decrease in salaries for the remainder of the Reduction Period and, finally, effective September 19, 2020, we reinstated the remainder of the salary reduction for our exempt employees. Throughout the Reduction Period, the salary reductions of our senior leadership team ranged from 15% to 100%, prior to the full reinstatement of all exempt employees’ salaries in September 2020. Our decision to reduce employee wages rather than to implement a more permanent reduction in force was based on our preference to collectively share in the financial hardships caused by the COVID-19 pandemic rather than to subject portions of our workforce to the full financial burden. Additionally, we believe this approach allowed us to retain as many employees as possible to preserve the experience, culture, and patient service capabilities of our workforce for periods subsequent to the COVID-19 pandemic. We have not implemented changes to employee benefits, nor do we currently intend to suspend our annual employer 401(k) match for 2020, which we expect to pay in mid-March 2021. We have undertaken other reductions to our other operating expenses. However, our largest category of operating expense, rent, utilities, and facilities maintenance, which amounted to $66.9 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, has proven difficult to meaningfully reduce in response to the pandemic. Excluding reductions in componentry costs, which varied in a corresponding fashion with decreases in revenue, these cost reduction measures provided operating cost savings in the approximate amounts of $35 million and $16 million in the second and third quarters of 2020, respectively. These expense savings were temporary in nature. Due to the fact that, as of September 2020, we reinstated the salary reductions and reduced the number of employees on furlough, our personnel costs in the fourth quarter of 2020 increased to levels more consistent with the historical periods prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to these reductions in operating expenses, we elected to temporarily delay the implementation of our new supply chain and financial systems, further discussed in the “New Systems Implementations” section. We also suspended construction of our new fabrication facility in Tempe, Arizona, and other projects related to the reconfiguration of our distribution facilities. We anticipate that we will recommence these activities in the second quarter of 2021. These actions correspondingly delayed portions of our achievement of the financial benefits expected from them into future periods. 39 Table of Contents While we endeavored to rapidly reduce our expenses in response to decreases in patient and business volumes, given that a substantial portion of our operating expenses are nevertheless fixed in nature, and we have ongoing interest costs associated with our indebtedness, we did not fully offset the adverse earnings effect associated with lost revenue during 2020. Nevertheless, as discussed in the “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below, we do believe that our operating expense and capital project reductions, when accompanied by additional cash sources, cost mitigation, and liquidity management strategies, will enable us to maintain positive liquidity throughout 2021 and the foreseeable future. CARES Act The CARES Act established the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Cares Act Provider Relief Fund, which set aside $178.0 billion to be administered through grants and other mechanisms to hospitals, public entities, not-for-profit entities and Medicare- and Medicaid- enrolled suppliers and institutional providers. The purpose of these funds is to reimburse providers for lost revenue attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, such as lost revenues attributable to canceled procedures, as well as to provide support for health-care related expenses. In April 2020, HHS began making payments to healthcare providers from the $178.0 billion appropriation. These are grants, rather than loans, to healthcare providers, and will not need to be repaid. During 2020, we recognized a total benefit of $24.0 million in our consolidated statement of operations within Other operating costs for the grant proceeds we received under the CARES Act (“Grants”) from HHS. Other Products & Services Performance Considerations As discussed in our 2019 Form 10-K, under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, several of the larger independent O&P providers we served through the distribution of componentry encountered financial difficulties during the year ended December 31, 2020, which resulted in our discontinuing distribution services to these customers. Generally, we believe our distribution customers encounter reimbursement pressures similar to those we experience in our own Patient Care segment and, depending on their ability to adapt to the increased claims documentation standards that have emerged in our industry, this may either limit the rate of growth of some of our customers, or otherwise affect the rate of growth we experience in our distribution of O&P componentry to independent providers. During future periods, in addition to the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic discussed above, we currently believe our rate of revenue growth in this segment may decrease as we choose to limit the extent to which we distribute certain low margin orthotic products. Additionally, to the extent that we acquire independent O&P providers who are preexisting customers of our distribution services, our revenue growth in this segment would be adversely affected as we would no longer recognize external revenue from the components we provide them. Within our Products & Services segment, in addition to our distribution of products, we provide therapeutic equipment and services to patients at SNFs and other healthcare provider locations. Since 2016, a number of our clients, including several of our larger SNF clients, have been discontinuing their use of our therapeutic services. We believe these discontinuances relate primarily to their overall efforts to reduce the costs they bear for therapy- related services within their facilities. As a part of those terminations of service, in a number of cases, we elected to sell terminating clients the equipment that we had utilized for their locations. Within this portion of our business, we have and continue to respond to these historical trends through the expansion of our products and services offerings. 40 Table of Contents Reimbursement Trends In our Patient Care segment, we are reimbursed primarily through employer-based plans offered by commercial insurance carriers, Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA. The following is a summary of our payor mix, expressed as an approximate percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated: For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 Medicare Medicaid Commercial Insurance / Managed Care (excluding Medicare and Medicaid Managed Care) Veterans Administration Private Pay Patient Care 32.3 % 16.2 % 35.7 % 9.2 % 6.6 % 100.0 % 31.9 % 15.8 % 35.8 % 9.8 % 6.7 % 100.0 % 31.9 % 15.5 % 37.0 % 9.1 % 6.5 % 100.0 % Patient Care constituted 83.1%, 82.5%, and 81.8% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Our remaining net revenues were provided by our Products & Services segment which derives its net revenues from commercial transactions with independent O&P providers, healthcare facilities, and other customers. In contrast to net revenues from our Patient Care segment, payment for these products and services are not directly subject to third party reimbursement from health care payors. The amount of our reimbursement varies based on the nature of the O&P device we fabricate for our patients. Given the particular physical weight and size characteristics, location of injury or amputation, capability for physical activity, and mobility, cosmetic, and other needs of each individual patient, each fabricated prostheses and orthoses is customized for each particular patient. The nature of this customization and the manner by which our claims submissions are reviewed by payors makes our reimbursement process administratively difficult. To receive reimbursement for our work, we must ensure that our clinical, administrative, and billing personnel receive and verify certain medical and health plan information, record detailed documentation regarding the services we provide, and accurately and timely perform a number of claims submission and related administrative tasks. It is our belief the increased nationwide efforts to reduce health care costs has driven changes in industry trends with increases in payor pre-authorization processes, documentation requirements, pre-payment reviews, and pre- and post-payment audits, and our ability to successfully undertake these tasks using our traditional approach has become increasingly challenging. For example, the Medicare contractor for Pricing, Data Analysis and Coding (referred to as “PDAC”) recently announced verification requirements and code changes that has reduced the reimbursement level for certain prosthetic feet, and the VA is in the process of reassessing the method it uses to determine reimbursement levels for O&P services and products provided under certain miscellaneous codes. A measure of our effectiveness in securing reimbursement for our services can be found in the degree to which payors ultimately disallow payment of our claims. Payors can deny claims due to their determination that a physician who referred a patient to us did not sufficiently document that a device was medically necessary or clearly establish the ambulatory (or “activity”) level of a patient. Claims can also be denied based on our failure to ensure that a patient was currently eligible under a payor’s health plan, that the plan provides full O&P benefits, that we received prior authorization, or that we filed or appealed the payor’s determination timely, as well as on the basis of our coding, failure by certain classes of patients to pay their portion of a claim, or for various other reasons. If any portion of, or administrative factor within, our claim is found by the payor to be lacking, then the entirety of the claim amount may be denied reimbursement. During the past five years we have taken a number of actions to manage payor disallowance trends. These initiatives included: (i) the creation of a central revenue cycle management function; (ii) the implementation of a patient management and electronic health record system; and (iii) the establishment of new clinic-level procedures and training regarding the collection of supporting documentation and the importance of diligence in our claims submission processes. 41 Table of Contents Payor disallowances is considered an adjustment to the transaction price. Estimated uncollectible amounts due to us by patients are generally considered implicit price concessions and are presented as a reduction of net revenues. These amounts recorded in net revenues within the Patient Care segment for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 are as follows: (dollars in thousands) Gross charges Less estimated implicit price concessions arising from: Payor disallowances Patient non-payments Payor disallowances and patient non-payments Net revenues Payor disallowances Patient non-payments Payor disallowances, patient non-payments, and bad debt expense Payor disallowances % Patient non-payments % Percent of gross charges Our accounts receivable balances for 2016 through 2020 were as follows: $ $ $ $ $ For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 956,852 2020 870,575 $ $ 2018 900,035 30,875 8,097 38,972 831,603 30,875 8,097 38,972 $ $ $ $ 40,581 10,580 51,161 905,691 40,581 10,580 51,161 $ $ $ $ 38,410 4,243 42,653 857,382 38,410 4,243 42,653 3.5 % 1.0 % 4.5 % 4.2 % 1.1 % 5.3 % 4.3 % 0.4 % 4.7 % (dollars in thousands) Gross charges before estimates for implicit price concessions Less estimates for implicit price concessions: Payor disallowances Patient non-payments Accounts receivable, gross Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net Payor disallowances % Patient non-payments % Allowance for doubtful accounts % Total allowance % Revenue Cycle Management 2020 177,804 $ (39,343) (7,042) 131,419 (2,823) 128,596 $ 2019 229,683 (58,094) (9,589) 162,000 (2,641) 159,359 $ $ As of December 31, 2018 206,880 $ $ 2017 216,644 2016 221,220 $ (53,378) (7,244) 146,258 (2,272) 143,986 (56,233) — 160,411 (14,065) 146,346 $ $ (61,137) — 160,083 (15,521) 144,562 $ 22.1 % 4.0 % 1.6 % 27.7 % 25.3 % 4.2 % 1.1 % 30.6 % 25.8 % 3.5 % 1.1 % 30.4 % 26.0 % — % 6.5 % 32.5 % 27.6 % — % 7.0 % 34.6 % Prior to 2014, in our Patient Care segment, we performed our eligibility, patient pre-authorization, patient documentation, claims coding, claims submission, collection, cash application, and claims audit support activities (our “revenue cycle management” functions) primarily on a decentralized location by location basis. Due to the increases experienced in payor disallowances, as well as to address certain procedural requirements of our new patient management and electronic health record system and to otherwise improve the effectiveness of our revenue cycle management functions, during 2014 we commenced the process of establishing a centralized revenue cycle management organization with the strategy to gradually transition these functions from our decentralized clinics to a centralized organization. We have continued to expand this initiative through fiscal year 2020. As discussed in the “Reimbursement Trends” section above, we have experienced decreases in our payor disallowances subsequent to the establishment of our revenue cycle management function when compared to 2014. In addition to other training and claims documentation initiatives, we believe that decreases we have experienced in payor disallowances (as well as our overall accounts receivables balances) are due in part to our revenue cycle management initiative. 42 Table of Contents Clinic-Level Claims Documentation In addition to the revenue cycle management and electronic health record and patient management systems initiatives discussed above, in 2016 we commenced more intensive training and increased our internal clinic-level emphasis on the importance of adherence to procedural and documentation standards. The lack of sufficient documentation establishing medical necessity and a patient’s degree of ability for future activity is a key factor utilized by payors when denying our claims for reimbursement. Irrespective of a patient’s need and the existence of a referral from the treating physician, we have found it increasingly necessary to retrieve other supporting documentation and notes from referring physicians themselves to further justify and document their medical determinations relating to the patients they refer to us. Given that these referring physicians do not work for us, the retrieval of this additional information to suit payors can be difficult and time-consuming. We believe our efforts to increase our discipline through this clinic-level claims documentation initiative assisted us in further reducing the level of our payor disallowances. However, we also believe these efforts had a one-time indirect effect of reducing our overall revenue growth rate. In addition to other factors affecting our same clinic sales trends in 2016 and early 2017, as clinicians and their office administrators increased their attention on achieving higher documentation standards, we believe we were able to see and treat fewer patients, thereby contributing to our reduced same clinic patient care net revenue in those years. We applied these procedural and documentation standards throughout 2020 and plan to continue to do so in 2021. With the initial implementation impact behind us, we do not believe the use of these standards was a significant factor on our year-over-year growth in 2020, nor do we expect them to be in 2021. Increasing Patient Responsibility for the Cost of Devices The majority of our devices are provided as replacement devices to patients with devices that are broken or have become worn with age. Prosthetic devices are typically replaced every three to five years. In recent years, an increasing number of employers have been shifting the cost burdens in their health plans to employees through use of “high deductible” or “consumer-driven” health plans. These plan designs typically require the patient to bear a greater portion of the cost of their care in exchange for a lower monthly premium. We believe the increased use of these plans has and will continue to have the effect of causing patients to delay the replacement of their devices and could accordingly adversely impact our net revenue, and could also negatively impact our net revenue through higher patient non-payments. Favorable Settlements For year ended December 31, 2018, our results of operations and net income benefited from the favorable resolution of two matters. On May 15, 2018, we received a net favorable settlement of $1.7 million in connection with our long standing damage claims relating to the “Deepwater Horizon” disaster, and the prior adverse effect which it had on our clinic operations along the Gulf Coast in April of 2010. We do not anticipate further payments in connection with this matter as this settlement constituted a full and final satisfaction of our claims. The benefit of this settlement has been recognized as a reduction to our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018. On June 28, 2018, we entered into an agreement with the State of Delaware, and made payment, to satisfy all of the State’s abandoned or unclaimed property claims transactions represented within the period of January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2012 which were reportable through December 31, 2017 in the amount of $2.2 million. This agreed upon payment amount was favorable by $0.5 million to the amount we had previously estimated for these liabilities and had the effect of reducing our general and administrative expenses by this amount for the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, we were not required to pay interest on the previously unremitted cumulative abandoned or unclaimed property relating to this twelve year period in the amount of $1.5 million, which had the effect of lowering our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 by this accrued interest amount. 43 Table of Contents Acquisitions During the first quarter of 2021, we completed the acquisitions of four O&P businesses for a total purchase price of $24.4 million. Total consideration transferred for these acquisitions is comprised of $19.3 million in cash consideration, $4.1 million in the form of notes to the former shareholders, and $1.0 million in additional consideration that has been withheld pending resolution of certain matters agreed upon with the seller of one business. During 2020, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $46.2 million at fair value, of which $16.8 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $21.9 million was issued in the form of notes to the former shareholders, $3.5 million in the form of a deferred payment obligation to the former shareholders, and $4.0 million in additional consideration. Of the $21.9 million in notes issued to the former shareholders, approximately $18.1 million of the notes were paid in October 2020 in a lump sum payment and the remaining $3.8 million of the notes are payable in annual installments over a period of three years on the anniversary date of the acquisition. Total payments of $4.0 million under the deferred payment obligation are due in annual installments beginning in the fourth year following the acquisition and for three years thereafter. Additional consideration includes approximately $3.6 million in liabilities incurred to the shareholders as part of the business combination payable in October 2020 and is included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $0.4 million in additional consideration represents the effective settlement of amounts due to us from the acquired O&P business as of the acquisition date. We completed the acquisition with the intention of expanding the geographic footprint of our patient care offerings through the acquisition of this high quality O&P provider. ● In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisitions of all the outstanding equity interests of four O&P businesses for total consideration of $7.1 million, of which $4.9 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $1.9 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.3 million in additional consideration. During 2019, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● ● ● ● In the first quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $32.8 million, of which $27.7 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $4.4 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.7 million in additional consideration. In the second quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $0.5 million, of which $0.2 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the third quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $3.3 million, of which $3.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $7.8 million, of which $5.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $2.8 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. Acquisition-related costs are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Total acquisition-related costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, which includes those costs for transactions that are in progress or not completed during the respective period. Acquisition-related costs incurred for acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. 44 Table of Contents In response to the expected economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented certain cost mitigation and liquidity management strategies, including the temporary delay of our acquisitions of O&P providers, subject to certain conditions and thresholds in the first amendment to our Credit Agreement entered into in May 2020, except that certain acquisitions are permitted after September 30, 2020, in the event we maintain certain leverage and liquidity thresholds. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we recommenced our acquisition of O&P providers. Refer to the “Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources” section for additional discussion. New Systems Implementations In recent years, we have been undertaking the implementation of a new patient management and electronic health record system at our patient care clinics, which we completed in the first quarter of 2019. For the three month period ended March 31, 2019, we expensed $0.8 million in training, travel, and related implementation costs. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we expensed $4.4 million, and $4.3 million, respectively, for these implementation expenses. As we undertake acquisitions of independent O&P providers, we intend to convert these acquired clinics to this system in the ordinary course of our business. During 2019, we commenced the design, planning, and initial implementation of new financial and supply chain systems (“New Systems Implementations”), and planned to invest in new servers and software that operate as a part of our technology infrastructure. In connection with our new financial and supply chain systems, for the year ended December 31, 2020, we expensed $2.6 million. We are additionally incurring increased capital expenditures in connection with improvements to our systems’ infrastructure. In 2021, we currently expect to incur technology-related implementation expenses for the financial and supply chain projects of approximately $5 to $6 million and approximately $2 to $3 million in lease termination and related facility transition expenses. In addition, we expect to incur further significant cash outlays and capital expenditures in connection with our supply chain, financial systems, and technology infrastructure initiatives. For a further discussion of our current outlook for capital expenditures and systems implementation expenditures, refer to the “Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources” section below. As discussed in the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section, we elected in 2020 to temporarily delay our New Systems Implementations as part of our efforts to preserve liquidity. We anticipate that we will recommence these activities in the second quarter of 2021. This delay will correspondingly push our achievement of the financial benefits expected from the New Systems Implementations into subsequent periods. In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Topic 350) - Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. Effective July 1, 2019, we elected to early adopt the requirements of the standard on a prospective basis. The new guidance aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). Under the new standard, certain of the implementation costs of our new financial and supply chain system will be capitalized. As of December 31, 2020, we capitalized $5.1 million of implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements, net of accumulated amortization, and recorded in other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Business Environment and Outlook Patient Care In our Patient Care segment, we have a positive view of the long-term need for prosthetic and orthotic devices and services within the markets that we serve. To address the debilitating effects of injuries and medical conditions such as diabetes, vascular disease, cancer, and congenital disorders, we believe patients will have a continuing need for the O&P services that we provide. As the population grows and ages, we also believe there will be a gradual underlying increase in market demand. To ensure we maintain and grow our share of this market, we believe that it will be necessary for us to find effective means to automate and better organize our business processes, further improve our reimbursement capabilities, and lower our cost structure in the longer term. Our size may afford us the ability to achieve economies of scale through purchasing and process automation initiatives that could be difficult for our smaller competitors. However, our size can work against us if we do not succeed in effectively serving our referring physicians and in competing with our individual competitors in each of the markets that we serve. 45 Table of Contents Products & Services Generally, we believe our distribution customers encounter reimbursement pressures similar to those that we do in our own Patient Care services and, depending on their ability to adapt to the increased claims documentation standards that have emerged in our industry, that this may either limit the rate of growth of some of our customers, or otherwise affect the rate of growth we experience in our distribution of O&P componentry to independent providers. Additionally, during 2020, we discontinued our distribution of certain low-margin orthotics products to podiatrists. Within our Products & Services segment, in addition to our distribution of products, we provide therapeutic equipment and services to patients at SNFs and other healthcare provider locations. Since 2016, a number of our clients, including several of our larger SNF clients, began to discontinue their use of our therapeutic services. We believe these discontinuances relate primarily to their overall efforts to reduce the costs they bear for therapy-related services within their facilities. As a part of those terminations of service, in a number of cases, we elected to sell terminating clients the equipment that we had utilized for their locations, which resulted in our recognition of $1.9 million in equipment sales in 2020, as compared with $2.4 million in 2019 and $4.1 million in 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2020, due to customer discontinuances, we experienced a decrease of $3.0 million in therapeutic services and supplies revenue and of $0.5 million in therapeutic equipment sales, for a total reduction of $3.5 million in revenues we received from therapeutic equipment and services. We recognized a total of $45.5 million in revenues from therapeutic equipment and services in 2020. In 2021, we anticipate a further decline of approximately $2 to $3 million in revenue related to these services. Within this portion of our business, we have and continue to respond to these trends through the expansion of our products and services offerings. Effect of Delay in Financial Filings Beginning in the third quarter of 2014, we were delayed in the preparation and filing of our financial statements, until we regained our current filing status in the second quarter of 2018. In connection with our efforts to restate our prior financial statements, remediate our material weaknesses, regain our timely filing status, and undertake related activities, we incurred third party professional fees in excess of the amounts we estimate that we would have otherwise incurred. The estimated excess professional fees associated with these efforts are as follows (in thousands): Year 2018 2019 2020 Expensed $ $ 12,461 8,548 1,639 Paid (19,551) (9,256) (4,126) $ Balance to be Paid in Future Periods 3,195 2,487 — During the first quarter of 2020, we incurred approximately $1.6 million in excess professional fees in connection with the completion of our remediation activities related to our material weakness. Given that we completed the remediation of our material weaknesses in financial statement controls effective with the filing of our 2019 Form 10-K, we do not currently anticipate that we will incur further excess third party professional fees for these purposes in future periods. Seasonality We believe our business is affected by the degree to which patients have otherwise met the deductibles for which they are responsible in their medical plans during the course of the year. The first quarter is normally our lowest relative net revenue quarter, followed by the second and third quarters, which are somewhat higher and consistent with one another. Due to the general fulfillment by patients of their health plan co-payments and deductible requirements towards the year’s end, our fourth quarter is normally our highest revenue producing quarter. However, historical seasonality may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and historical seasonal patterns may not be reflective of our prospective financial results and operations . Please refer to the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section for further discussion. 46 Table of Contents Our results are also affected, to a lesser extent, by our holding of an education fair in the first quarter of each year. This event is conducted to assist our clinicians in maintaining their training and certification requirements and to facilitate a national meeting with our clinical leaders. We also invite manufacturers of the componentry for the devices we fabricate to these annual events so they can demonstrate their products and otherwise assist in our training process. During the first quarter of 2020, 2019, and 2018, we spent approximately $2.3 million in each of these three years, on travel and other costs associated with this event. In addition to the costs we incur associated with this annual event, we also lose the productivity of a significant portion of our clinicians during the period in which this event occurs, which contributes to the lower seasonal revenue level we experience during the first quarter of each year. Critical Accounting Policies Our analysis and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon the consolidated financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. GAAP provides the framework from which to make these estimates, assumptions, and disclosures. We have chosen accounting policies within GAAP that management believes are appropriate to fairly present, in all material respects, our operating results, and financial position. Our significant accounting policies are stated in Note A - “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe the following accounting policies are critical to understanding our results of operations and the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Revenue Recognition Patient Care Segment Revenue in our Patient Care segment is primarily derived from contracts with third party payors for the provision of O&P devices and is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services to the patient at the time the patient receives the device. At, or subsequent to delivery, we issue an invoice to the third party payor, which primarily consists of commercial insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private or patient pay (“Private Pay”) individuals. We recognize revenue for the amounts we expect to receive from payors based on expected contractual reimbursement rates, which are net of estimated contractual discounts and implicit price concessions. These revenue amounts are further revised as claims are adjudicated, which may result in additional disallowances. As such, these adjustments do not relate to an inability to pay, but to contractual allowances, our failure to ensure that a patient was currently eligible under a payor’s health plan, that the plan provides full O&P benefits, that we received prior authorization, that we filed or appealed the payor’s determination timely, on the basis of our coding, failure by certain classes of patients to pay their portion of a claim, or other administrative issues which are considered as part of the transaction price and recorded as a reduction of revenues. Our products and services are sold with a 90-day labor and 180-day warranty for fabricated components. Warranties are not considered a separate performance obligation. We estimate warranties based on historical trends and include them in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The warranty liability was $2.2 million at December 31, 2020 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2019. A portion of our O&P revenue comes from the provision of cranial devices. In addition to delivering the cranial device, there are patient follow-up visits where we assist in treating the patient’s condition by adjusting or modifying the cranial device. We conclude that, for these devices, there are two performance obligations and use the expected cost plus margin approach to estimate for the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The allocated portion associated with the patient’s receipt of the cranial device is recognized when the patient receives the device while the portion of revenue associated with the follow-up visits is initially recorded as deferred revenue. On average, the cranial device follow-up visits occur less than 90 days after the patient receives the device and the deferred revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period. 47 Table of Contents Medicare and Medicaid regulations and the various agreements we have with other third party payors, including commercial healthcare payors under which these contractual adjustments and payor disallowances are calculated, are complex and are subject to interpretation and adjustment and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms for different types of services. Therefore, the particular O&P devices and related services authorized and provided, and the related reimbursement, are subject to interpretation and adjustment that could result in payments that differ from our estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and reimbursement schedules, and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and assessment of the estimation process by management. As a result, there is a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates could change and any related adjustments will be recorded as adjustments to net revenue when they become known. Products & Services Segment Revenue in our Products & Services segment is derived from the distribution of O&P components and the leasing and sale of rehabilitation equipment and ancillary consumable supplies combined with equipment maintenance, education, and training. Distribution services revenues are recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of our products. This occurs either upon shipment or delivery of goods, depending on whether the terms are FOB Origin or FOB Destination. Payment terms are typically between 30 to 90 days. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products to a customer (“transaction price”). To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as prompt payment discounts, list price discounts, rebates, and volume discounts, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the most likely amount method. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and all information (historical, current, and forecasted) that is reasonably available. We reduce revenue by estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances. Provisions for product returns and other allowances are recorded as a reduction to revenue in the period sales are recognized. We make estimates of the amount of sales returns and allowances that will eventually be incurred. Management analyzes sales programs that are in effect, contractual arrangements, market acceptance, and historical trends when evaluating the adequacy of sales returns and allowance accounts. Therapeutic program equipment and related services revenue are recognized over the applicable term the customer has the right to use the equipment and as the services are provided. Equipment sales revenue is recognized upon shipment, with any related services revenue deferred and recognized as the services are performed. Sales of consumables are recognized upon shipment. In addition, we estimate amounts recorded to bad debt expense using historical trends and these are presented as a bad debt expense under the operating costs section of our consolidated financial statements. Accounts Receivable, Net Patient Care Segment We establish allowances for accounts receivable to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The Patient Care segment’s accounts receivables are recorded net of unapplied cash and estimated implicit price concessions, such as payor disallowances and patient non-payments, as described in the revenue recognition accounting policy above. Our estimates of payor disallowances utilize the expected value method by considering historical collection experience by each of the Medicare and non-Medicare primary payor class groupings. For each payor class grouping, liquidation analyses of historical period end receivable balances are performed to ascertain collections experience by aging category. In the absence of an evident adverse trend, we use historical experience rates calculated using an average of four quarters of data with at least twelve months of adjudication. We will modify the time periods analyzed when significant trends indicate that adjustments should be made. 48 Table of Contents Products & Services Segment Our Products & Services segment’s allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on the analysis of the segment’s historical write-offs experience, accounts receivable aging and economic status of its customers. Accounts receivable that are deemed uncollectible are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are also recorded net of an allowance for estimated sales returns. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of estimated cost or net realizable value with cost determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Provisions have also been made to reduce the carrying value of inventories for excess, obsolete, or otherwise impaired inventory on hand at period end. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory is $6.1 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Patient Care Segment Substantially all of our Patient Care segment inventories are recorded through a periodic approach whereby inventory quantities are adjusted on the basis of a quarterly physical count. Segment inventories relate primarily to raw materials and work-in-process (“WIP”) at Hanger Clinics. Inventories at Hanger Clinics totaled $30.5 million and $29.4 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, with WIP inventory representing $12.0 million and $10.2 million of the total inventory, respectively. Raw materials consist of purchased parts, components, and supplies which are used in the assembly of O&P devices for delivery to patients. In some cases, purchased parts and components are also sold directly to patients. Raw materials are valued based on recent vendor invoices, reduced by estimated vendor rebates. Such rebates are recognized as a reduction of cost of materials in the consolidated statements of operations when the related devices or components are delivered to the patient. Approximately 77% and 74% of raw materials at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were purchased from our Products & Services segment. Raw material inventory was $18.4 million and $19.2 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. WIP consists of devices which are in the process of assembly at our clinics or fabrication centers. WIP quantities were determined by the physical count of patient orders at the end of every quarter of 2020 and 2019 while the related stage of completion of each order was established by clinic personnel. We do not have an inventory costing system and as a result, the identified WIP quantities were valued on the basis of estimated raw materials, labor, and overhead costs. To estimate such costs, we develop bills of materials for certain categories of devices that we assemble and deliver to patients. Within each bill of material, we estimate (i) the typical types of component parts necessary to assemble each device; (ii) the points in the assembly process when such component parts are added; (iii) the estimated cost of such parts based on historical purchasing data; (iv) the estimated labor costs incurred at each stage of assembly; and (v) the estimated overhead costs applicable to the device. Products & Services Segment Our Product & Service segment inventories consist primarily of finished goods at its distribution centers as well as raw materials at fabrication facilities, and totaled $45.9 million and $38.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Finished goods include products that are available for sale to third party customers as well as to our Patient Care segment as described above. Such inventories were determined on the basis of perpetual records and a physical count at year end. Inventories in connection with therapeutic services are valued at a weighted average cost. 49 Table of Contents Business Combinations We record tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Acquisition consideration typically includes cash payments, the issuance of Seller Notes and in certain instances contingent consideration with payment terms based on the achievement of certain targets of the acquired business. Amounts paid for each acquisition are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition inclusive of identifiable intangible assets. The estimated fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangibles, are based on valuations that use information and assumptions available to management. We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill. We allocate goodwill to our reporting units based on the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the acquired goodwill. Significant management judgments and assumptions are required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly acquired intangible assets, including estimated useful lives. The valuation of purchased intangible assets is based upon estimates of the future performance and discounted cash flows of the acquired business. Each asset acquired or liability assumed is measured at estimated fair value from the perspective of a market participant. Subsequent changes in the estimated fair value of contingent consideration are recognized as general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from purchased businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors for a reporting unit to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If we choose to bypass this qualitative assessment or alternatively determine that a quantitative goodwill impairment test is required, our annual goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount (including attributed goodwill). We measure the fair value of the reporting units using a combination of income and market approaches. Any impairment would be recognized by a charge to income from operations and a reduction in the carrying value of the goodwill. As of October 1, 2020, we performed a quantitative assessment of the Patient Care reporting unit. The quantitative assessment did not result in the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeding its fair value. We apply judgment in determining the fair value of our reporting units and the implied fair value of goodwill which is dependent on significant assumptions and estimates regarding expected future cash flows, terminal value, changes in working capital requirements, and discount rates. We did not have any goodwill impairment during 2020, 2019, and 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded impairments of our indefinite-lived trade name totaling $0.2 million. We did not have any indefinite-lived trade name impairment during 2020 and 2019. See Note H - “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding this charge. As described, we apply judgment in the selection of key assumptions used in the goodwill impairment test and as part of our evaluation of intangible assets tested annually and at interim testing dates as necessary. If these assumptions differ from actual, we could incur additional impairment charges and those charges could be material. Income Taxes We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for net operating loss and other credit carry forwards and the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The evaluation of deferred tax assets requires judgment in assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns, and future profitability by tax jurisdiction. 50 Table of Contents We provide a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to the valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in expected future pre-tax earnings, tax law, interactions with taxing authorities, and developments in case law. Our material assumptions include forecasts of future pre-tax earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and income represented by the deferred tax assets and liabilities, all of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. We have experienced losses from 2014 to 2017 due to impairments of our intangible assets, increased professional fees in relation to our restatement and related remediation procedures for identified material weaknesses, and increased interest and bank fees. These losses have necessitated that we evaluate the sufficiency of our valuation allowance. We are in a taxable income position in 2020 and are able to utilize net operating loss. We have $4.6 million and $2.8 million of U.S. federal and $153.0 million and $136.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These carryforwards will be used to offset future income but may be limited by the change in ownership rules in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts through 2040. We expect to generate income before taxes in future periods at a level that would allow for the full realization of the majority of our net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we have recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $2.1 million related to various state jurisdictions. Based on our assessment of all available positive and negative evidence, which is completed quarterly, on a taxing jurisdiction and legal entity basis, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of certain state deferred tax assets and released valuation allowances of $7.1 million against our state deferred tax assets during the fourth quarter of 2019. We considered a number of types of evidence, including the nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting income and losses, sources of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, weighted by objectivity. Management decided to release this valuation allowance primarily because the legal entity involved has achieved twelve quarters of cumulative financial reporting income in 2019 and is forecasting future taxable income along with other types of favorable evidence mentioned above. The Company’s valuation allowance position in 2020 has not changed based on assessment of all available positive and negative evidence. We believe that our tax positions are consistent with applicable tax law, but certain positions may be challenged by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. In addition, we are subject to periodic audits and examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and other state and local taxing authorities. In these cases, we record the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. We record the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If not paid, the liability for uncertain tax positions is reversed as a reduction of income tax expense at the earlier of the period when the position is effectively settled or when the statute of limitations has expired. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. Interest and penalties, when applicable, are recorded within the income tax provision. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Refer to the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section in Note A - “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure of recent accounting pronouncements that are either expected to have more than a minimal impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operation, or that we are still assessing to determine their impact. 51 Table of Contents Results of Operations - Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019 For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our consolidated results of operations were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands) Net revenues Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Operating expenses Income from operations Interest expense, net Non-service defined benefit plan expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income 2020 $ 1,001,150 315,410 351,191 99,854 118,764 9,177 34,847 929,243 71,907 32,445 632 38,830 638 38,192 $ Percent Change 2020 vs 2019 (8.8)% (11.8)% (5.7)% (26.0)% 0.6 % (33.0)% (3.0)% (10.0)% 9.9 % (5.3)% (8.5)% 27.4 % (78.4)% 38.8 % 2019 $ 1,098,046 357,771 372,225 134,943 118,065 13,689 35,925 1,032,618 65,428 34,258 691 30,479 2,954 27,525 $ Material costs, personnel costs, and other operating costs reflect expenses we incur in connection with our delivery of care through our clinics and other patient care operations, or through the distribution of products and services, and exclude general and administrative activities. General and administrative activities reflect expenses we incur that are not directly related to the operation of our clinics or provision of products and services. Due to the substantial amount we historically incurred for professional accounting and legal services, we separately disclose these expenses within operating expenses. In connection with our efforts to restate our prior financial statements, remediate our material weaknesses, regain our timely filing status, and undertake related activities, we have incurred third party professional fees in excess of the amounts we estimate that we would have otherwise incurred. During 2020 and 2019, our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues were as follows: Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Operating expenses For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 31.5 % 35.1 % 9.9 % 11.9 % 0.9 % 3.5 % 92.8 % 32.6 % 33.9 % 12.2 % 10.8 % 1.2 % 3.3 % 94.0 % During the previous two years, the number of patient care clinics and satellite locations we operated or leased have been as follows: Patient care clinics Satellite locations Total 52 As of December 31, 2019 2020 704 112 816 701 111 812 Table of Contents Patient care clinics reflect locations that are licensed as a primary location to provide O&P services and which are fully staffed and open throughout a typical operating week. To facilitate patient convenience, we also operate satellite clinics. These are remote locations associated with a primary care clinic, utilized to see patients, and are open for operation on less than a full-time basis during a typical operating week. Relevance of Year Ended Results to Comparative and Future Periods. As discussed in “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” above, commencing late in the first quarter, our revenues and operating results began to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, a trend which continued throughout 2020. The effects of this public health emergency on our revenues and earnings in the year ended December 31, 2020 impacted the comparison to our historical financial results. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the future economic and social impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, the comparison may not be indicative of future results. Please refer to the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section above and the “Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources” section below for additional forward-looking information concerning our current expectations regarding the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on our prospective results and financial condition. Net revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $1,001.2 million, a decrease of $96.9 million, or 8.8%, from $1,098.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net revenues by operating segment, after elimination of intersegment activity, were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, Change Percent Change (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Net revenues $ 2020 831,603 169,547 $ 1,001,150 $ $ 2019 905,691 192,355 1,098,046 2020 vs 2019 2020 vs 2019 $ $ (74,088) (22,808) (96,896) (8.2)% (11.9)% (8.8)% Patient Care net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $831.6 million, a decrease of $74.1 million, or 8.2%, from $905.7 million for the same period in the prior year. Same clinic revenues decreased $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting a decrease in same clinic revenues of 11.0% on a per-day basis. Net revenues from acquired clinics and consolidations increased $18.6 million, and revenues from other services decreased $0.8 million. Prosthetics constituted approximately 56% of our total Patient Care revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 55% for the same period in the prior year, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Prosthetic revenues were 8.3% lower on a per-day basis than the same period in the prior year, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Orthotics, shoes, inserts, and other products decreased by 14.2% on a per-day basis for the same comparative period, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Revenues were adversely affected during the period due to a decline in patient appointment volumes beginning in the last two weeks of March and continuing throughout 2020 as a result of the continuing spread of COVID-19 viral infections, governmental suppression measures implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and other factors impacting our business volumes discussed in the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section. Products & Services net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $169.5 million, a decrease of $22.8 million, or 11.9%, from $192.4 million for the same period in the prior year. This was primarily attributable to a decrease of $19.4 million, or 13.5%, in the distribution of O&P componentry to independent providers stemming primarily from lower volumes due to the COVID-19 pandemic, as discussed in the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section above, and a $3.4 million, or 7.1%, decrease in net revenues from therapeutic solutions as a result of the impact of historical customer lease cancellations, partially offset by lease installations. Beginning in the latter half of March 2020, our business volumes began to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, and business volumes were adversely impacted throughout 2020. We believe that the decline in net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to the continuing spread of COVID-19 viral infections, state and local government restrictions, social distancing and suppression measures adopted by our patients and customers, and deferral of elective surgical procedures, all of which resulted in a decline in physician referrals and patient appointments. For additional discussion, refer to the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section. 53 Table of Contents Material costs. Material costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $315.4 million, a decrease of $42.4 million or 11.8%, from $357.8 million for the same period in the prior year. Total material costs as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 31.5% in 2020 from 32.6% in 2019 due primarily to changes in our Patient Care segment business mix. Material costs by operating segment, after elimination of intersegment activity, were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, Change Percent Change (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Material costs 2020 247,384 68,026 315,410 $ $ $ $ 2019 274,801 82,970 357,771 2020 vs 2019 2020 vs 2019 $ $ (27,417) (14,944) (42,361) (10.0)% (18.0)% (11.8)% Patient Care material costs decreased $27.4 million, or 10.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of the reduction in segment net sales, offset by our acquisitions and changes in the segment product mix. Patient Care material costs as a percent of segment net revenues was 29.7% in 2020 and 30.3% in 2019. Products & Services material costs decreased $14.9 million, or 18.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in the prior year. As a percent of net revenues in the Products & Services segment, material costs were 40.1% in the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to 43.1% in the same period 2019. The decrease in material costs as a percentage of segment net revenues was due to a change in business and product mix within the segment. Personnel costs. Personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $351.2 million, a decrease of $21.0 million, or 5.7%, from $372.2 million for the same period in the prior year. Personnel costs by operating segment were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, Change Percent Change (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Personnel costs 2020 302,206 48,985 351,191 $ $ $ $ 2019 319,633 52,592 372,225 2020 vs 2019 2020 vs 2019 $ $ (17,427) (3,607) (21,034) (5.5)% (6.9)% (5.7)% Personnel costs for the Patient Care segment were $302.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $17.4 million, or 5.5%, from $319.6 million for the same period in the prior year. The decrease in Patient Care personnel costs during the year was primarily due to a decrease in salary expense of $21.5 million due to cost mitigation efforts implemented as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and decreases in benefits costs of $1.5 million due to reduced claims experience, payroll taxes of $0.9 million, and commissions by $0.7 million, offset by increases in incentive compensation and other personnel costs of $6.1 million and severance costs of $1.1 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Personnel costs in the Products & Services segment were $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 6.9% compared to the same period in the prior year. Salary expense decreased $3.2 million due to cost mitigation efforts as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and bonus, commissions, and other personnel costs decreased $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period in the prior year. Other operating costs. Other operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $99.9 million, a decrease of $35.1 million, or 26.0%, from $134.9 million for the same period in the prior year. Other expenses decreased by $26.3 million due to the benefit associated with the recognition of $24.0 million in proceeds from Grants under the CARES Act included in Other operating costs, as discussed in the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section, and an approximate $1.9 million gain on the sale of property. Travel and other expenses decreased $11.8 million due to cost mitigation efforts as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and bad debt expense decreased $0.8 million. The decreases are offset by a $3.8 million increase in rent expense from new, renewed, and acquired leases as compared to the same period in the prior year. 54 Table of Contents General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $118.8 million, an increase of $0.7 million, or 0.6%, from $118.1 million for the same period in the prior year. This was primarily the result of an increase in share-based compensation of $4.4 million, due to the modification recognized in the second quarter of certain equity awards granted in 2017, and from an increase of $1.4 million in incentive compensation and benefits costs, $2.4 million of qualified disaster relief payments to employees, and additional severance costs of $1.9 million, offset by decreases in salary expense of $6.2 million, as well as a decrease in travel and other expenses of $3.2 million. Professional accounting and legal fees. Professional accounting and legal fees for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $9.2 million, a decrease of $4.5 million from $13.7 million for the same period in the prior year primarily due to targeted efforts to remediate material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019 that did not recur in the same period of 2020. Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $34.8 million, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 3.0%, from the same period in the prior year. Depreciation expense decreased $2.5 million and amortization expense increased $1.4 million when compared to the same period in the prior year. Interest expense, net. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $32.4 million, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 5.3%, from $34.3 million for the same period in the prior year. Provision for income taxes. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.6 million, or 1.6% of income before taxes, compared to a provision of $3.0 million, or 9.7% of income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019. The effective tax rate in 2020 consisted principally of the 21% federal statutory tax rate and non-deductible expenses, offset by research and development tax credits and the net tax benefit of the loss carryback claim granted under the CARES Act. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily attributable to the recognition of research and development tax credits for the current and prior years and the tax benefit resulting from the loss carryback provisions granted under the CARES Act. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we completed a formal study to identify qualifying research and development expenses resulting in the recognition of tax benefits of $2.2 million, net of tax reserves, related to the current year and $6.1 million, net of tax reserves, related to prior years. We recorded the tax benefit, before tax reserves, as a deferred tax asset. The CARES Act, which was enacted on March 27, 2020, included changes to certain tax laws related to the deductibility of interest expense and depreciation, as well as the provision to carryback net operating losses to five preceding years. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes, requires the effects of changes in tax rates and laws on deferred tax balances to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. As a result of the CARES Act provisions, for the year ended December 31, 2020 we recognized a tax benefit of $4.0 million resulting from the loss carryback claim to a prior period with a higher statutory rate, which also decreased our current income taxes payable by $17.2 million as of December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of certain state deferred tax assets after we achieved twelve quarters of cumulative pretax income adjusted for permanent differences, as well as forecasted future taxable income and other positive evidence, and released $7.1 million of the valuation allowance related to certain state deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2019. Net income. Our net income for year ended December 31, 2020 was $38.2 million as compared to net income of $27.5 million for year ended December 31, 2019. 55 Table of Contents Results of Operations - Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018 For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our consolidated results of operations were as follows: (dollars in thousands) Net revenues Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Impairment of intangible assets Operating expenses Income from operations Interest expense, net Loss on extinguishment of debt Non-service defined benefit plan expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income (loss) (1) NM - Not meaningful For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 $ 1,098,046 2018 $ 1,048,760 357,771 372,225 134,943 118,065 13,689 35,925 — 1,032,618 65,428 34,258 — 691 30,479 2,954 27,525 $ $ 338,017 364,089 123,902 109,552 16,915 36,455 183 989,113 59,647 37,566 16,998 703 4,380 5,238 (858) Percent (1) Change 2019 v 2018 4.7 % 5.8 % 2.2 % 8.9 % 7.8 % (19.1)% (1.5)% (100.0)% 4.4 % 9.7 % (8.8)% (100.0)% (1.7)% 595.9 % (43.6)% NM Material costs, personnel costs, and other operating costs reflect expenses we incur in connection with our delivery of care through our clinics and other patient care operations, or through the distribution of products and services, and exclude general and administrative activities. General and administrative activities reflect expenses we incur that are not directly related to the operation of our clinics or provision of products and services. Due to the substantial amount we historically incurred for professional accounting and legal services, we separately disclose these expenses within operating expenses. In connection with our efforts to restate our prior financial statements, remediate our material weaknesses, regain our timely filing status, and undertake related activities, we have incurred third party professional fees in excess of the amounts we estimate that we would have otherwise incurred. During 2019 and 2018, our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues were as follows: Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Impairment of intangible assets Operating expenses 56 For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 32.6 % 33.9 % 12.2 % 10.8 % 1.2 % 3.3 % NM 94.0 % 32.2 % 34.7 % 11.9 % 10.4 % 1.6 % 3.5 % NM 94.3 % Table of Contents During the previous two years, the number of patient care clinics and satellite locations we operated or leased have been as follows: Patient care clinics Satellite locations Total As of December 31, 2018 2019 701 111 812 676 104 780 Patient care clinics reflect locations that are licensed as a primary location to provide O&P services and which are fully staffed and open throughout a typical operating week. To facilitate patient convenience, we also operate satellite clinics. These are remote locations associated with a primary care clinic, utilized to see patients, and are open for operation on less than a full-time basis during a typical operating week. Net revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $1,098.0 million, an increase of $49.3 million, or 4.7%, from $1,048.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net revenues by operating segment, after elimination of intersegment activity, were as follows: (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Net revenues For the Years Ended December 31, $ 2019 905,691 192,355 $ 1,098,046 $ 2018 857,382 191,378 $ 1,048,760 Change Percent Change $ 2019 vs 2018 2019 vs 2018 5.6 % 0.5 % 4.7 % 48,309 977 49,286 $ Patient Care net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $905.7 million, an increase of $48.3 million, or 5.6%, from $857.4 million for the same period in the prior year. Net revenues from acquired clinics, inclusive of consolidations, was $28.9 million. Same clinic revenues increased $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting an increase in same clinic revenues of 2.1% on a per-day basis. Patient care revenues from other services contributed to $1.3 million in growth. Prosthetics constituted approximately 55% of our total Patient Care revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 54% for the same period in the prior year, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Prosthetic revenues were 3.2% higher on a per-day basis than the same period in the prior year, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Orthotics, shoes, inserts, and other products increased by 0.9% on a per-day basis for the same comparative period, excluding the impact of acquisitions. Products & Services net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $192.4 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 0.5%, from $191.4 million for the same period in the prior year. This increase was comprised of $7.4 million from the distribution of O&P componentry to independent providers as the result of new products added to the portfolio, an increase in volume, and new customers, partially offset by a $6.4 million decrease in net revenues from therapeutic solutions as a result of continued net client cancellations. Material costs. Material costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $357.8 million, an increase of $19.8 million, or 5.8%, from $338.0 million for the same period in the prior year. Total material costs as a percentage of net revenue increased to 32.6% in 2019 from 32.2% in 2018 due primarily to changes in our Patient Care segment business mix. Material costs by operating segment, after elimination of intersegment activity, were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, Change Percent Change (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Material costs 2019 274,801 82,970 357,771 $ $ $ $ 57 2018 258,201 79,816 338,017 2019 vs 2018 2019 vs 2018 $ $ 16,600 3,154 19,754 6.4 % 4.0 % 5.8 % Table of Contents Patient Care material costs increased $16.6 million, or 6.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of acquisitions. Patient Care material costs as a percent of segment net revenues was 30.3% in 2019 from 30.1% in 2018. Products & Services material costs increased $3.2 million, or 4.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period in the prior year. As a percent of net revenues in the Products & Services segment, material costs were 43.1% in the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to 41.7% in the same period 2018. The increase in material costs as a percentage of segment net revenues was due to a change in the customer and business mix within the segment. Personnel costs. Personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $372.2 million, an increase of $8.1 million, or 2.2%, from $364.1 million for the same period in the prior year. Personnel costs by operating segment were as follows: For the Years Ended December 31, Change Percent Change (dollars in thousands) Patient Care Products & Services Personnel costs 2019 319,633 52,592 372,225 $ $ $ $ 2018 312,736 51,353 364,089 2019 vs 2018 2019 vs 2018 $ $ 6,897 1,239 8,136 2.2 % 2.4 % 2.2 % Personnel costs for the Patient Care segment were $319.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $6.9 million, or 2.2%, from $312.7 million for the same period in the prior year. The increase is primarily related to an increase of $3.9 million in salary expense, $1.4 million in bonus expense, $1.0 million in other personnel costs, and $0.8 million in benefits expense, offset by $0.2 million in lower commission expense, when compared the same period in the prior year. Personnel costs in the Products & Services segment were $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1.2 million, or 2.4% compared to the same period in the prior year. Salary expense increased $1.4 million, and bonus expense decreased $0.2 million. Other operating costs. Other operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $134.9 million, an increase of $11.0 million, or 8.9%, from $123.9 million for the same period in the prior year. Rent expense increased $2.3 million from new, renewed, and acquired leases and $1.3 million as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, further described in Note A - “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. In addition, professional fees increased $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to investments made in certain revenue cycle management initiatives. Bad debt expense increased $1.9 million due to the impact of higher recoveries in the same period in the prior year. Other operating expenses increased $1.5 million due to additional costs from acquisitions, and other occupancy costs and all other operating costs increased $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $118.1 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 7.8%, from $109.6 million for the same period in the prior year. This increase included a $3.6 million increase in salary expense, a $1.7 million increase in other expenses, largely due to the impact of favorable settlements of damage claims and state unclaimed property claims in the prior year, a $1.1 million increase in benefits related to higher claims costs, a $0.4 million increase in other personnel-related costs, a $0.3 million increase in equity-based compensation, and a $1.4 million increase in office and other expenses. Professional accounting and legal fees. Professional accounting and legal fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $13.7 million, a decrease of $3.2 million from $16.9 million for the same period in the prior year. Advisory and other fees decreased primarily due to decreased utilization of professional services as compared to the same period in 2018. This change related primarily to reductions in the use of third-party professionals to assist us in the remediation of our material weaknesses, to regain our timely filing status in August of 2018, and to undertake related activities. Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $35.9 million, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 1.5%, from the same period in the prior year. Amortization expense decreased $1.7 million when compared to the prior period as a result of certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized. Depreciation expense increased $0.9 million when compared to the prior year as a result of additions to certain fixed assets, and finance lease amortization increased $0.3 million. 58 Table of Contents Interest expense, net. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $34.3 million, a decrease of $3.3 million, or 8.8%, from $37.6 million for the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to lower interest rates on outstanding borrowings as a result of our debt refinancing in March 2018. Provision for income taxes. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $3.0 million, or 9.7% of income before taxes, compared to a provision of $5.2 million, or 119.6% of income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018. The effective tax rate in 2019 consists principally of the 21% federal statutory tax rate and the rate impact from the release of valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets and permanent tax differences. The federal statutory tax rate in 2018 was 21%. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily attributable to the increase in income before taxes and the release of valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of certain state deferred tax assets after we achieved twelve quarters of cumulative pretax income adjusted for permanent differences, as well as forecasted future taxable income and other positive evidence, and released $7.1 million of the valuation allowance related to certain state deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2019. Net income. Our net income for year ended December 31, 2019 was $27.5 million as compared to a net loss of $0.9 million for year ended December 31, 2018. Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources Liquidity To provide cash for our operations and capital expenditures, our immediate source of liquidity is our cash and investment balances and any amounts we have available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility. We refer to the sum of these two amounts as our “liquidity.” At December 31, 2020, we had total liquidity of $239.4 million, which reflected an increase of $70.2 million, from the $169.2 million in liquidity we had as of December 31, 2019. Our liquidity at December 31, 2020 was comprised of cash and cash equivalents of $144.6 million and $94.8 million in available borrowing capacity under our $100.0 million revolving credit facility. This increase in liquidity primarily relates to an increase in cash of $70.2 million, comprised of net cash provided by operations of $155.6 million, which includes approximately $24.0 million in grants from the federal government under the CARES Act, partially offset by investing cash flows for capital expenditures of $28.1 million, cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $21.8 million, net cash used in financing activities of $39.5 million and proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $3.9 million. As of December 31, 2020, we have repaid in full all $79.0 million in borrowings made during the year under our revolving credit facility. Our Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, as well as financial covenants, including that we maintain compliance with certain leverage and interest coverage ratios. If we are not compliant with our debt covenants in any period, absent a waiver or amendment of our Credit Agreement, we may be unable to access funds under our revolving credit facility. Due to the additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility in March 2020, which were repaid in full during the third quarter of 2020, and in anticipation of the potential economic impact of the COVID- 19 pandemic, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement that provided for, among other things, increases in the allowable level of indebtedness we may carry relative to our earnings, changes in the definition of EBITDA used to compute certain financial ratios, certain restrictions regarding investments and payments we may make until the completion of the first quarter of 2021 and increases in the interest costs associated with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We were in compliance with our debt covenants as of December 31, 2020. For additional discussion, please refer to the Liquidity Outlook section below. Working Capital and Days Sales Outstanding As of December 31, 2020, we had working capital of $129.3 million compared to working capital of $107.2 million as of December 31, 2019. Our working capital increased $22.0 million in 2020 when compared to 2019 due to an increase in current assets of $59.2 million, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities of $37.2 million. 59 Table of Contents The increase in current assets was primarily attributable to an increase in Cash and cash equivalents of $70.2 million discussed in the “Liquidity” section above, an increase in Income taxes receivable of $12.9 million, which relates to income tax relief under the CARES Act, and an increase in Inventories of $8.2 million. The increases were offset by decreases in Accounts receivable, net of $30.8 million, discussed further below, and Other current assets of $1.3 million. The increase in current liabilities was primarily attributable to an increase of $16.6 million in Accounts payable, $11.5 million in Accrued compensation related costs attributable to current year increases in incentive compensation, severance, accrued vacation liabilities and approximately $5.9 million in the current portion of deferred payroll tax liabilities under the CARES Act. These increases were partially offset by the payment of $34.2 million in annual incentive compensation and the employer 401(k) matching contribution made during the first quarter of 2020, and $7.0 million in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The majority of the change in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities relates to changes in the fair value of our interest rate swap of $4.2 million and increases in patient prepayments and deposits of $3.0 million. The increase also reflects $1.3 million in the Current portion of long-term debt and $0.7 million in the Current portion of operating lease liabilities. Days sales outstanding (“DSO”) is a calculation that approximates the average number of days between the billing for our services and the date of our receipt of payment, which we estimate using a 90 day rolling period of net revenue. This computation can provide a relative measure of the effectiveness of our billing and collections activities. Clinics acquired during the past 90-day period are excluded from the calculation. As of December 31, 2020, our DSO was 42 days, as compared to 48 days and 46 days as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We believe that one- time administrative billing changes and the impact of implementing our patient management and electronic health system in certain of our largest operating regions contributed to collection delays impacting our comparative prior year DSO as of December 31, 2019 by approximately four days. The remainder of the reduction is attributable to improved collections experience due to the targeted efforts of our centralized revenue cycle management function. Sources and Uses of Cash in the Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to December 31, 2019 Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $96.7 million to an inflow of $155.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from an inflow of $58.8 million for year ended December 31, 2019. The most significant increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to a $46.7 million increase in cash provided by Accounts receivable, net which is largely attributable to improvements in our collection activities, consistent with the decrease in DSO to 42 days as of December 31, 2020, compared to a DSO of 48 days as December 31, 2019. In addition, cash flows from operating activities benefited from an increase in Accounts payable of $21.4 million, as well as higher Net income of approximately $10.7 million, which includes $24.0 million in grants received under the CARES Act, and Share-based compensation expense of $5.0 million. The remainder of the increase in net cash inflows provided by operating activities related to income taxes of $5.7 million, primarily due to the temporary relief provided under the CARES Act, and favorable changes in working capital in Other liabilities, Accrued compensation related costs, Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and Other current assets and other assets of $15.7 million. The increases in Accrued compensation related costs and Other liabilities include $11.8 million in deferred payroll tax liabilities associated with the CARES Act. These increases in cash flows provided by operating activities were partially offset by increases in Inventories of $7.8 million, which partially relates to inventories from O&P clinics acquired during the year. We believe the favorable working capital trends experienced during 2020 to be largely temporary, as they related primarily to a reduction in the amount of our required working capital resulting from decreases in our business volumes associated with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, and, to a lesser extent, our temporary actions to further reduce our net working capital through reductions in accounts receivable and negotiated changes in payment terms. Excluding cash, income taxes receivable and the current portion of our long-term debt, our net investment in working capital decreased by $59.7 million during 2020. This decrease contributed to an increase in our reported operating cash flow and cash balances during the course of the year. As such, our reported operating cash flow was not indicative of what could reasonably be expected during a normal year of operation. Given these factors, we are unlikely to experience similar favorable contributions to operating cash flow from working capital improvements in 2021. Further, as the COVID-19 pandemic subsides and our business volumes return to more normal levels, we anticipate the favorable working capital trends observed throughout 2020 to reverse in the form of increases to our accounts receivable, inventory, and cash paid to vendors as our credit terms return to previous arrangements, as well as further reductions as other temporary working capital benefits subside. For these reasons, and the reasons discussed in the “Liquidity Outlook” section below, we currently believe that we will experience a net consumption of cash during at least the next six month period. 60 Table of Contents Cash flows used in investing activities decreased $21.3 million to $45.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $67.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to lower cash outflows of $14.8 million for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, as approximately $22.0 million of the purchase price for acquisitions closed in 2020 is included as cash used in financing activities, and lower capital expenditures of $5.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by $1.3 million more in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment. Cash flows used in financing activities increased $27.1 million to $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from cash flows used in financing activities of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to higher cash outflows of $21.6 million related to payments on sellers notes and additional consideration, of which $22.0 million relates to acquisitions that closed in 2020, $3.2 million of employee taxes on stock-based compensation, and $0.8 million in payments under vendor financing arrangements that occurred solely in 2020. Capital Expenditures and Deferred Cloud Implementation Expenditures During 2020, we expended a combined total of $28.1 million for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment, and the purchase of therapeutic program equipment. Our capital expenditures relate primarily to our investment in leasehold and other machinery and equipment for our patient care clinics, for equipment we use in providing therapeutic solutions, as well as for the purchase or development of information technology assets that support our businesses and corporate activities. During 2021, we anticipate that we will incur an increase in capital expenditures, and in deferred cloud implementation expenditures, in connection with our planned reconfiguration of distribution facilities and our related implementation of supply chain and financial systems. In 2021, due to these projects, we currently estimate that our capital expenditures will increase to approximately $35 million. Of this amount, we estimate that approximately $8 million to $9 million will relate to our distribution and fabrication facility leasehold and equipment expenditures. In addition to this capital expenditure amount, we estimate that we will incur $4 million to $6 million in incremental expenditures related to the implementation of cloud-based supply chain and financial systems that will be deferred in accordance with ASU 2018-15 and will be included in future expense over the periods of operation of these systems. These expenditures are anticipated to be separate from and additional to the operating expenses discussed in “New Systems Implementations” section above. We currently expect similar levels of expenditures related to our supply chain and financial systems implementations through 2022. Effect of Indebtedness On March 6, 2018, we entered into a new Credit Agreement in order to refinance our indebtedness, as disclosed in Note M - “Debt and Other Obligations,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report. Our indebtedness bears reduced rates of interest compared with those under our prior agreement, and as such, for the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred interest expense of $32.4 million compared with the $34.3 million incurred in 2019 and the $37.6 million incurred in 2018. Cash paid for interest totaled $28.4 million, $29.2 million, and $31.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively. In May 2020, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”) that provided for, amongst other things, an increase in the maximum Net Leverage Ratio to 5.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2020 through March 31, 2021; 5.00 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2021 through September 30, 2021; and 4.75 to 1.00 for the quarter ended December 31, 2021 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. In addition, the Amendment changed the definition of EBITDA used in the Net Leverage Ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio to adjust for declines in net revenue attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will bear interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of LIBOR or 1.00%, plus 3.75%. In addition, the Amendment contained certain restrictions and covenants that further limit our ability, and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability, to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, or consummate acquisitions not financed with the proceeds of an equity offering, except that certain acquisitions are permitted after September 30, 2020, in the event we maintain certain leverage and liquidity thresholds. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we recommenced our acquisition of O&P providers. 61 Table of Contents Scheduled maturities of debt as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands): (in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total debt before unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net Total debt Liquidity Outlook and Going Concern Evaluation $ $ 10,368 8,868 8,434 7,734 472,820 2,268 510,492 (7,395) 503,097 Our Credit Agreement has a term loan facility with $491.1 million in principal outstanding at December 31, 2020, due in quarterly principal installments equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of $505 million, commencing June 29, 2018, with all remaining outstanding principal due at maturity in March 2025, and a revolving credit facility with no borrowings and a maximum aggregate amount of availability of $100 million at June 30, 2018 that matures in March 2023. We chose to borrow $79.0 million from our revolving credit facility in March 2020 to preserve access to these funds in the event of further instability in financial markets due to the COVID-19 pandemic, all of which has been repaid as of December 31, 2020. Historically, our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Due to the economic and social activity impacts outlined in the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section above, we expect the continuing disruption to have an adverse impact on our operations, financial condition, and results of operations. While we believe the business disruption will be temporary, we cannot predict the extent or duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, when state and local restrictions will be lifted, the impact of increasing viral infections, or when patients will resume their normal healthcare treatment activities. In response to the expected decline in cash flows from operations, in March 2020, we implemented certain cost mitigation and liquidity management strategies including, but not limited to, reductions in componentry purchases, salary reductions for all exempt employees, the furloughing of certain employees, reductions in non-exempt employee hours, reductions in bonus and commission expenses, the temporary reduction in operating hours and days of clinics, reducing other operating expenses, deferring the implementation of our New Systems Implementations, temporarily delaying our acquisition of O&P providers, and extending the payment terms for certain vendors. These measures were taken in an effort to preserve liquidity in a manner sufficient to provide for our ability to respond to the adverse cash flow pressures likely to be caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. While some of our cost mitigation and liquidity strategies remain in place, as of the start of the fourth quarter, we fully reinstated the salary reductions for exempt employees and eliminated all but a small number of employee furloughs. Further, we recommenced our acquisitions of O&P providers in the fourth quarter of 2020. Please refer to the “Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic” section above for our current estimates of the amounts of operating and capital expenditure reductions provided through our cost mitigation and liquidity management measures. In connection with an acquisition we completed in April 2020, we paid $18.4 million in short term seller notes and $3.6 million in liabilities incurred in the transaction in October 2020. Additionally, as discussed above, the favorable working capital trends we experienced throughout 2020 are largely temporary. As our business volumes return to more normal levels, we will experience a consumption of cash associated with the funding of accounts receivable and componentry inventories associated with those increases in revenue. In addition to these amounts, we anticipate other uses of cash to fund the reduction of increases in accrued compensation associated with employee bonus, commissions, and payroll taxes. 62 Table of Contents While we currently do not anticipate the need to do so, if the COVID-19 pandemic causes adverse cash flow and liquidity trends greater than those we currently expect and have planned for, we may find it necessary to seek additional borrowings to fund our operations. If we were to do so, given current credit market conditions, we may find that such additional borrowings are not available at that time, and if they are available, that the interest costs of such borrowings and effects on the costs of our existing borrowings could be significantly higher than the costs we currently pay under our existing Credit Agreement. Additionally, while we do not currently have the need or intention to do so, if necessary, we may extend our accounts payable and payment of other obligations to address any such funding shortage. While we cannot forecast with certainty the ultimate extent of the impacts from or the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that our operating expense and capital project reductions, when accompanied by additional cash sources, cost mitigation and liquidity management strategies, will enable us to maintain positive liquidity for the foreseeable future. CARES Act The CARES Act established the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Cares Act Provider Relief Fund, which set aside $178.0 billion to be administered through grants and other mechanisms to hospitals, public entities, not-for-profit entities and Medicare- and Medicaid- enrolled suppliers and institutional providers. The purpose of these funds is to reimburse providers for lost revenue and health-care related expenses that are attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2020, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) began making payments to healthcare providers from the $178.0 billion appropriation. These are payments, rather than loans, to healthcare providers, and will not need to be repaid. During 2020, we recognized a total benefit of $24.0 million in our consolidated statement of operations within Other operating costs for the Grants from HHS. We recognize income related to grants on a systematic and rational basis when it becomes probable that we have complied with the terms and conditions of the grant and in the period in which the corresponding costs or income related to the grant are recognized. We recognized the benefit from the Grants within Other operating costs in our Patient Care segment. The CARES Act also provides for a deferral of the employer portion of payroll taxes incurred during the COVID-19 pandemic through December 2020. The provisions allow us to defer half of such payroll taxes until December 2021 and the remaining half until December 2022. We deferred $11.8 million of payroll taxes within Accrued compensation related costs and Other liabilities, of which $5.9 million is included in Accrued compensation related costs, in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. Going Concern Evaluation ASU 2014-15 Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern requires that we evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about our ability to meet our financial obligations when they become due during the twelve month period from the date these financial statements are available to be issued. We have performed such an evaluation considering the financial and operational effects of the COVID- 19 pandemic and, based on the results of that assessment, we are not aware of any relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that may or could have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. 63 Table of Contents Contractual Obligations The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2020 for each of the indicated periods: (in thousands) Debt principal payments Lease obligations (1) Interest payments on debt Other long-term obligations Total contractual cash obligations 2021 $ 10,368 42,665 26,458 17,222 $ 96,713 $ 2022 8,868 37,296 25,994 9,234 $ 81,392 $ 2023 8,434 27,491 25,112 7,377 $ 68,414 $ 2024 7,734 17,490 20,555 4,483 $ 50,262 2025 $ 472,820 10,754 2,976 3,285 $ 489,835 $ $ 2,268 35,219 10,736 48,223 — Total $ 510,492 170,915 101,095 52,337 $ 834,839 Thereafter (1) Lease obligations include Operating and Finance leases included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, and in addition, payments for lease obligations under lease agreements that have not commenced and, as such, are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. Dividends It is our policy to not pay cash dividends on our common stock, and, given our capital needs, we currently do not foresee a change in this policy. Our Credit Agreement limits our ability to pay dividends, and we currently anticipate that these restrictions will continue to exist in future agreements that we may enter. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. Our future financial results are subject to a variety of risks, including interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2020, the interest expense arising from the $491.1 million of outstanding borrowings under both our term loan facility under our Credit Agreement and our revolving credit facility under our Credit Agreement was subject to variable interest rates, partially offset by interest income subject to variable interest rates generated from our $144.6 million of cash equivalents as of that date. As of December 31, 2020, we had $19.4 million of fixed rate debt which included subordinated Seller notes and the deferred payment obligation, and financing leases. As of December 31, 2020, there were no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Set forth below is an analysis of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 that were sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table demonstrates the changes in estimated annual cash flow related to the outstanding balance under the revolving and term loan facilities and the interest rate swap, calculated for an instantaneous shift in interest rates, plus or minus 50 BPS, 100 BPS, and 150 BPS. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on the term loan facilities was 3.65% based on a LIBOR rate of 0.15%, with an interest rate floor of 0%, and an applicable margin of 3.50%. Cash Flow Risk (in thousands) Term Loan and Revolver and Swap Annual Interest Expense Given an Interest Rate Decrease of X Basis Points (50 BPS) (150 BPS) (100 BPS) No Change in Interest Rates Annual Interest Expense Given an Interest Rate Increase of X Basis Points 150 BPS 50 BPS 100 BPS 25,499 25,499 25,499 25,781 26,737 27,692 28,648 64 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Hanger, Inc. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 66 68 69 70 71 72 74 65 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hanger, Inc. Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hanger, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019. Basis for Opinions The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 66 Table of Contents Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Payor Disallowances As described in Notes A and D to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s estimate of implicit price concessions related to payor disallowances was $39.3 million as of December 31, 2020. The estimate for payor disallowances utilizes the expected value method by considering historical collection experience by each of the Medicare and non-Medicare primary payor class groupings. For each payor class grouping, liquidation analyses of historical period-end receivable balances are performed by management to ascertain collections experience by aging category. In the absence of an evident adverse trend, management uses historical experience rates calculated using an average of four quarters of data with at least twelve months of adjudication. Management will modify the time periods analyzed when significant trends indicate that adjustments should be made. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to payor disallowances is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management to determine the estimate of payor disallowances. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to management’s estimate. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the estimated payor disallowances, including controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the estimate of payor disallowances. Testing management’s process included evaluating the appropriateness of the expected value method; evaluating the reasonableness of the time periods analyzed by management to develop the estimate and evaluating the reasonableness of payor class groupings; and testing the completeness and accuracy of the accounts receivable balance, aging of accounts receivable balance by payor class groupings and the historical collection experience. /s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Austin, Texas March 1, 2021 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1987. 67 HANGER, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except par value and share amounts) Table of Contents ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Inventories Income taxes receivable Other current assets Total current assets Non-current assets: Property, plant, and equipment, net Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Deferred income taxes Operating lease right-of-use assets Other assets Total assets TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities: Current portion of long-term debt Accounts payable Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Accrued compensation related costs Current portion of operating lease liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Long-term debt, less current portion Operating lease liabilities Other liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note R) Shareholder’s equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 38,321,796 shares issued and 38,178,975 shares outstanding at 2020, and 37,602,873 shares issued and 37,460,052 shares outstanding at 2019, respectively Additional paid-in capital Accumulated other comprehensive loss Accumulated deficit Treasury stock, at cost; 142,821 shares at 2020 and 2019, respectively Total shareholder’s equity Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity As of December 31, 2019 2020 $ $ $ $ 144,602 128,596 76,429 12,888 12,357 374,872 84,873 277,223 18,431 54,877 124,741 15,734 950,751 10,085 65,091 62,861 72,541 35,002 245,580 493,012 104,589 56,593 899,774 383 365,503 (20,215) (293,998) (696) 50,977 950,751 $ $ $ $ 74,419 159,359 68,204 — 13,673 315,655 84,057 232,244 17,952 70,481 110,559 11,305 842,253 8,752 48,477 55,825 61,010 34,342 208,406 490,121 88,418 45,804 832,749 376 354,326 (12,551) (331,951) (696) 9,504 842,253 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 68 HANGER, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Table of Contents Net revenues Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization Impairment of intangible assets Income from operations Interest expense, net Loss on extinguishment of debt Non-service defined benefit plan expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income (loss) Basic and Diluted Per Common Share Data: Basic income (loss) per share Weighted average shares used to compute basic earnings per common share Diluted income (loss) per share Weighted average shares used to compute diluted earnings per common share The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 69 $ $ For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 1,098,046 357,771 372,225 134,943 118,065 13,689 35,925 — 65,428 34,258 2020 1,001,150 315,410 351,191 99,854 118,764 9,177 34,847 — 71,907 32,445 — 632 38,830 638 38,192 $ — 691 30,479 2,954 27,525 $ 2018 1,048,760 338,017 364,089 123,902 109,552 16,915 36,455 183 59,647 37,566 16,998 703 4,380 5,238 (858) 1.01 37,948,796 0.99 38,598,330 $ $ 0.74 37,267,188 0.72 38,064,617 $ $ (0.02) 36,764,551 (0.02) 36,764,551 $ $ $ $ Table of Contents HANGER, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (in thousands) For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 Net income (loss) Other comprehensive loss: Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of ($2,103), ($2,278), and ($922), respectively Unrealized (loss) gain on defined benefit plan, net of tax (benefit) provision of ($326), ($259), and $142, respectively Total other comprehensive loss Comprehensive income (loss) $ $ $ 38,192 $ 27,525 $ (858) (6,634) $ (7,201) $ (2,936) (1,030) (7,664) 30,528 $ (819) (8,020) 19,505 $ 454 (2,482) (3,340) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 70 Table of Contents HANGER, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020 (dollars and share amounts in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2017 Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for revenue recognition Balance, January 1, 2018 Net loss Share-based compensation expense Issuance in connection with the exercise of stock options Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units Effect of shares withheld to cover taxes Reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive loss Total other comprehensive loss Balance, December 31, 2018 Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for leases (Note A) Balance, January 1, 2019 Net income Share- based compensation expense Issuance in connection with the exercise of stock options Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units Effect of shares withheld to cover taxes Total other comprehensive loss Balance, December 31, 2019 Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for credit losses Balance, January 1, 2020 Net income Share-based compensation expense Issuance in connection with the exercise of stock options Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units Effect of shares withheld to cover taxes Total other comprehensive loss Balance, December 31, 2020 Common Additional Paid-in Shares, Balance Stock, Par Value Capital $ 333,738 Common 36,372 365 $ Accumulated Other Comprehensive Accumulated Treasury Deficit Loss Stock Total $ (1,686) $ (359,772) $ (696) $(28,051) — 36,372 $ — — 5 544 — — — 36,921 $ — $ 36,921 — — 104 435 — — 37,460 $ 37,460 — $ — — 7 712 — — 38,179 $ — 365 — — — — $ 333,738 $ — 13,065 64 6 — (6) (2,906) — (1,686) $ — — — — — (756) (360,528) (858) $ — — — — — (696) (756) $(28,807) — (858) — 13,065 64 — — — — (2,906) — — 371 — — $ 343,955 $ (363) (2,482) (4,531) $ 363 — (361,023) $ — — (696) — (2,482) $(21,924) — $ — 371 — — 1 $ 343,955 — 13,414 1,098 4 — — 376 (4) (4,137) — $ 354,326 $ — 376 — — — $ 354,326 — $ — 18,448 92 7 — — 383 (7) (7,356) — $ 365,503 $ — $ (4,531) — — — $ 1,547 (359,476) 27,525 — — — — (8,020) (12,551) $ (12,551) — $ — — — — — (7,664) (20,215) $ — — — (331,951) (239) (332,190) 38,192 — — — — — (293,998) $ $ $ — (696) — — — 1,547 $(20,377) 27,525 13,414 1,099 — — — (696) — (4,137) (8,020) $ 9,504 (696) — (239) $ 9,265 — 38,192 18,448 — 92 — — — — (696) — (7,356) (7,664) $ 50,977 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 71 Table of Contents HANGER, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands) Cash flows provided by operating activities: Net income (loss) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Provision (benefit) for doubtful accounts Impairment of intangible assets Share-based compensation expense Deferred income taxes Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs Loss on extinguishment of debt Gain on sale and disposal of fixed assets Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: Accounts receivable, net Inventories Other current assets and other assets Income taxes receivable Accounts payable Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Accrued compensation related costs Other liabilities Operating lease liabilities, net of amortization of right-of-use assets Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows used in investing activities: Acquisitions, net of cash acquired Purchase of property, plant, and equipment Purchase of therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Other investing activities, net Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities: Borrowings under revolving credit agreement Repayments under revolving credit agreement Payment of seller notes and additional consideration Payment of employee taxes on stock-based compensation Borrowings under term loan, net of discount Repayment of term loan Payments under vendor financing arrangements Payment of financing lease obligations Payment of debt issuance costs Proceeds from exercise of options Payment of debt extinguishment costs Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, at beginning of period Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, at end of period $ 72 For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ 38,192 $ 27,525 $ (858) 34,847 295 — 18,448 17,432 2,085 — (3,134) 35,925 1,131 — 13,414 (3,226) 1,623 — (1,614) 34,378 (6,258) (628) (13,757) 14,674 217 11,349 4,778 2,649 47,402 155,567 (21,801) (24,500) (3,592) 3,890 135 (45,868) 79,000 (79,000) (25,415) (7,356) — (5,050) (825) (748) (214) 92 — (39,516) 70,183 74,419 144,602 $ (12,329) 1,568 (2,611) 1,248 (6,725) (1,242) 5,780 (1,883) 262 (15,932) 58,846 (36,585) (26,433) (6,672) 2,598 (66) (67,158) — — (3,821) (4,137) — (5,050) — (474) — 1,099 — (12,383) (20,695) 95,114 74,419 $ 36,455 (733) 183 13,065 3,452 2,837 16,998 (2,713) 3,238 1,750 4,459 12,700 6,511 (16,550) 1,713 (3,980) — 9,841 78,527 (1,978) (18,984) (9,835) 4,237 (598) (27,158) 3,000 (8,000) (2,599) (2,906) 501,467 (435,660) — (1,207) (6,757) 64 (8,436) 38,966 90,335 4,779 95,114 Table of Contents Reconciliation of Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period Restricted cash, at beginning of period Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period Restricted cash, at end of period Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, at end of period $ $ $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 74,419 $ — $ 74,419 144,602 $ — $ 144,602 95,114 $ — $ 95,114 74,419 $ — $ 74,419 1,508 3,271 4,779 95,114 — 95,114 A reconciliation of the change in operating lease liabilities, net of amortization of right-of-use assets is as follows: (in thousands) Operating lease liabilities Amortization of right-of-use assets Operating lease liabilities, net of amortization of right-of-use assets The supplemental disclosure requirements for the statements of cash flows are as follows: (in thousands) Cash paid during the period for: Interest paid Income tax (refunds received) paid Non-cash financing and investing activities: For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ (37,343) 39,992 2,649 $ $ (36,911) 37,173 262 $ $ — — — For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 $ 28,411 (2,979) $ 29,192 5,100 $ 31,312 (11,131) Seller notes, deferred payment obligations and additional consideration related to acquisitions Purchase of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable at period end Purchase of property, plant and equipment through vendor financing Additions to property, plant and equipment acquired through financing obligations Retirements of financed property, plant and equipment and related financing obligations 31,579 3,955 — — — 7,885 2,998 2,200 — — 1,120 5,018 — 1,523 4,460 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 73 Table of Contents HANGER, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 Note A — Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business Hanger, Inc. (“we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading national provider of products and services that assist in enhancing or restoring the physical capabilities of patients with disabilities or injuries. We provide orthotic and prosthetic (“O&P”) services, distribute O&P devices and components, manage O&P networks, and provide therapeutic solutions to patients and businesses in acute, post-acute, and clinic settings. We operate through two segments, Patient Care and Products & Services. Our Patient Care segment is primarily comprised of Hanger Clinic, which specializes in the design, fabrication, and delivery of custom O&P devices through 704 patient care clinics and 112 satellite locations in 46 states and the District of Columbia as of December 31, 2020. On a regular basis, we have been opening, closing, and merging patient care locations and satellite locations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we have opened or acquired 59 and closed or consolidated 55 patient care locations. Our Products & Services segment is comprised of our distribution services and therapeutic solutions businesses. As a leading provider of O&P products in the United States, we engage in the distribution of a broad catalog of O&P parts, componentry, and devices to independent O&P providers nationwide. The other business in our Products & Services segment is our therapeutic solutions business, which develops specialized rehabilitation technologies and provides evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation to patients at approximately 4,000 skilled nursing and post- acute providers nationwide. Principles of Consolidation Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Use of Estimates and Assumptions The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities, and contingencies. Although actual results in subsequent periods may differ from these estimates, such estimates are developed based on the best information available to management and based on management’s best judgments at the time. We base our estimates on historical experience, observable trends, and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. All significant assumptions and estimates underlying the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are regularly reviewed and updated when necessary. Changes in estimates are reflected prospectively in the consolidated financial statements based upon on-going actual trends, or subsequent settlements and realizations depending on the nature and predictability of the estimates and contingencies. Interim changes in estimates related to annual operating costs are applied prospectively within annual periods. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. The most significant assumptions and estimates underlying these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes involve revenue recognition and accounts receivable valuation, inventories, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, impairments of long-lived assets including goodwill, income taxes, business combinations, leases, and stock-based compensation. 74 Table of Contents Revenue Recognition Patient Care Segment Revenue in our Patient Care segment is primarily derived from contracts with third party payors for the provision of O&P devices and is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services to the patient at the time the patient receives the device. At, or subsequent to delivery, we issue an invoice to the third party payor, which primarily consists of commercial insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, and private or patient pay (“Private Pay”) individuals. We recognize revenue for the amounts we expect to receive from payors based on expected contractual reimbursement rates, which are net of estimated contractual discounts and implicit price concessions. These revenue amounts are further revised as claims are adjudicated, which may result in additional disallowances. As such, these adjustments do not relate to an inability to pay, but to contractual allowances, our failure to ensure that a patient was currently eligible under a payor’s health plan, that the plan provides full O&P benefits, that we received prior authorization, that we filed or appealed the payor’s determination timely, on the basis of our coding, failure by certain classes of patients to pay their portion of a claim, or other administrative issues which are considered as part of the transaction price and recorded as a reduction of revenues. Our products and services are sold with a 90-day labor and 180-day warranty for fabricated components. Warranties are not considered a separate performance obligation. We estimate warranties based on historical trends and include them in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The warranty liability was $2.2 million at December 31, 2020 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2019. A portion of our O&P revenue comes from the provision of cranial devices. In addition to delivering the cranial device, there are patient follow-up visits where we assist in treating the patient’s condition by adjusting or modifying the cranial device. We conclude that, for these devices, there are two performance obligations and use the expected cost plus margin approach to estimate for the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The allocated portion associated with the patient’s receipt of the cranial device is recognized when the patient receives the device while the portion of revenue associated with the follow-up visits is initially recorded as deferred revenue. On average, the cranial device follow-up visits occur less than 90 days after the patient receives the device and the deferred revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period. Medicare and Medicaid regulations and the various agreements we have with other third party payors, including commercial healthcare payors under which these contractual adjustments and payor disallowances are calculated, are complex and are subject to interpretation and adjustment and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms for different types of services. Therefore, the particular O&P devices and related services authorized and provided, and the related reimbursement, are subject to interpretation and adjustment that could result in payments that differ from our estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and reimbursement schedules, and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and assessment of the estimation process by management. As a result, there is a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates could change and any related adjustments will be recorded as adjustments to net revenue when they become known. Products & Services Segment Revenue in our Products & Services segment is derived from the distribution of O&P components and the leasing and sale of rehabilitation equipment and ancillary consumable supplies combined with equipment maintenance, education, and training. Distribution services revenues are recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customers are satisfied, which occurs with the transfer of control of our products. This occurs either upon shipment or delivery of goods, depending on whether the terms are FOB Origin or FOB Destination. Payment terms are typically between 30 to 90 days. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products to a customer (“transaction price”). To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as prompt payment discounts, list price discounts, rebates, and volume discounts, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the most likely amount method. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and all information (historical, current, and forecasted) that is reasonably available. 75 Table of Contents We reduce revenue by estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances. Provisions for product returns and other allowances are recorded as a reduction to revenue in the period sales are recognized. We make estimates of the amount of sales returns and allowances that will eventually be incurred. Management analyzes sales programs that are in effect, contractual arrangements, market acceptance, and historical trends when evaluating the adequacy of sales returns and allowance accounts. Therapeutic program equipment and related services revenue are recognized over the applicable term the customer has the right to use the equipment and as the services are provided. Equipment sales revenue is recognized upon shipment, with any related services revenue deferred and recognized as the services are performed. Sales of consumables are recognized upon shipment. In addition, we estimate amounts recorded to bad debt expense using historical trends and these are presented as a bad debt expense under the operating costs section of our consolidated financial statements. Material Costs Material costs in our Patient Care segment reflect purchases of orthotics and prosthetic componentry and other related costs in connection with the delivery of care through our clinics and other patient care operations. Material costs in our Products & Services segment reflect purchases of orthotics and prosthetic materials and other related costs in connection with the distribution of products and services to third party customers. Personnel Costs Personnel costs reflect salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, contract labor, and other personnel costs we incur in connection with our delivery of care through our clinics and other patient care operations, or distribution of products and services, and exclude similar costs incurred in connection with general and administrative activities. Other Operating Costs Other operating costs reflect costs we incur in connection with our delivery of care through our clinics and other patient care operations or distribution of products and services. Marketing costs, including advertising, are expensed as incurred and are presented within this financial statement caption. We incurred approximately $1.9 million, $3.8 million, and $3.8 million in advertising costs during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Other costs include rent, utilities, and other occupancy costs, general office expenses, bad debt expense, and travel and clinical professional education costs, and exclude similar costs incurred in connection with general and administrative activities. During 2020, we recognized a total benefit of $24.0 million in our consolidated statement of operations within Other operating costs for the grant proceeds we received under the CARES Act (“Grants”) from HHS. We recognize income related to grants on a systematic and rational basis when it becomes probable that we have complied with the terms and conditions of the grant and in the period in which the corresponding costs or income related to the grant are recognized. We recognized the benefit from the Grants within Other operating costs in our Patient Care segment. General and Administrative Expenses General and administrative expenses reflect costs we incur in the management and administration of our businesses that are not directly related to the operation of our clinics or provision of products and services. These include personnel costs and other operating costs supporting our general and administrative functions. We incurred approximately $0.3 million, $0.9 million, and $1.5 million in advertising costs during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Professional Accounting and Legal Fees We recognize fees associated with audits of our financial statements in the fiscal period to which the audit relates. All other professional fees are generally recognized as an expense in the periods in which services are performed. Please see the “Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities” section for legal fees associated with legal contingencies. 76 Table of Contents Depreciation and Amortization Depreciation and amortization expenses reflect all depreciation and amortization expenses, whether incurred in connection with our delivery of care through our clinics, our distribution of products and services, or in the general management and administration of our business. Cash and Cash Equivalents We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. We maintain cash balances in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits at certain financial institutions. We manage this credit risk by concentrating our cash balances in high quality financial institutions and by periodically evaluating the credit quality of the primary financial institutions holding such deposits. With short maturities, the investments present insignificant risk of changes in value because of interest rate changes and are readily convertible to cash. Historically, no losses have been incurred due to such cash concentrations. Accounts Receivable, Net Patient Care Segment We establish allowances for accounts receivable to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The Patient Care segment’s accounts receivables are recorded net of unapplied cash and estimated implicit price concessions, such as payor disallowances and patient non-payments, as described in the revenue recognition accounting policy above. Our estimates of payor disallowances utilize the expected value method by considering historical collection experience by each of the Medicare and non-Medicare primary payor class groupings. For each payor class grouping, liquidation analyses of historical period end receivable balances are performed to ascertain collections experience by aging category. In the absence of an evident adverse trend, we use historical experience rates calculated using an average of four quarters of data with at least twelve months of adjudication. We will modify the time periods analyzed when significant trends indicate that adjustments should be made. Estimates for patient non- payments are calculated utilizing historical collection experience of patient receivables, as well as current and future economic conditions. A liquidation analysis of historical period end receivable balances for patients is performed to ascertain collection experience by aging category over the same time horizons as payor disallowances. Products & Services Segment Our Products & Services segment’s allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on the analysis of the segment’s historical write-offs experience, accounts receivable aging and economic status of its customers. Accounts receivable that are deemed uncollectible are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are also recorded net of an allowance for estimated sales returns. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of estimated cost or net realizable value with cost determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Provisions have also been made to reduce the carrying value of inventories for excess, obsolete, or otherwise impaired inventory on hand at period end. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory is $6.1 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Patient Care Segment Substantially all of our Patient Care segment inventories are recorded through a periodic approach whereby inventory quantities are adjusted on the basis of a quarterly physical count. Segment inventories relate primarily to raw materials and work-in-process (“WIP”) at Hanger Clinics. Inventories at Hanger Clinics totaled $30.5 million and $29.4 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, with WIP inventory representing $12.0 million and $10.2 million of the total inventory, respectively. 77 Table of Contents Raw materials consist of purchased parts, components, and supplies which are used in the assembly of O&P devices for delivery to patients. In some cases, purchased parts and components are also sold directly to patients. Raw materials are valued based on recent vendor invoices, reduced by estimated vendor rebates. Such rebates are recognized as a reduction of cost of materials in the consolidated statements of operations when the related devices or components are delivered to the patient. Approximately 77% and 74% of raw materials at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were purchased from our Products & Services segment. Raw material inventory was $18.4 million and $19.2 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. WIP consists of devices which are in the process of assembly at our clinics or fabrication centers. WIP quantities were determined by the physical count of patient orders at the end of every quarter of 2020 and 2019 while the related stage of completion of each order was established by clinic personnel. We do not have an inventory costing system and as a result, the identified WIP quantities were valued on the basis of estimated raw materials, labor, and overhead costs. To estimate such costs, we develop bills of materials for certain categories of devices that we assemble and deliver to patients. Within each bill of material, we estimate (i) the typical types of component parts necessary to assemble each device; (ii) the points in the assembly process when such component parts are added; (iii) the estimated cost of such parts based on historical purchasing data; (iv) the estimated labor costs incurred at each stage of assembly; and (v) the estimated overhead costs applicable to the device. Products & Services Segment Our Product & Service segment inventories consist primarily of finished goods at its distribution centers as well as raw materials at fabrication facilities, and totaled $45.9 million and $38.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Finished goods include products that are available for sale to third party customers as well as to our Patient Care segment as described above. Such inventories were determined on the basis of perpetual records and a physical count at year end. Inventories in connection with therapeutic services are valued at a weighted average cost. Fair Value Measurements We follow the authoritative guidance for financial assets and liabilities, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. The authoritative guidance requires disclosure about how fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a hierarchy by which these assets and liabilities must be categorized, based on significant levels of inputs. The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Level 1 consists of securities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical securities; Level 2 consists of securities for which observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs are used, such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets or quoted prices for identical securities in less active markets and model-derived valuations for which the variables are derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data; and Level 3 consists of securities for which there are no observable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value. The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Derivative Financial Instruments We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and economic conditions. We manage economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Our derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or expected cash payments principally related to our borrowings. 78 Table of Contents Our objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, we primarily use interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counter party in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. In accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” we record all derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value. The change in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded on our consolidated balance sheet in accumulated other comprehensive loss net of tax and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, such derivatives were used to hedge certain variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. Insurance Recoveries Receivable We incur legal and other costs with respect to a variety of issues on an ongoing basis. We record a related receivable when costs are reimbursable under applicable insurance policies, we believe it is probable such costs will be reimbursed and such reimbursements can be reasonably estimated. We record the benefit of related receivables from the insurer as a reduction of costs in the same financial statement caption in which the related loss was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Loss contingency reserves, which are recorded within accrued liabilities, are not reduced by estimated insurance recoveries. Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations. Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related assets estimated as follows: furniture and fixtures, equipment, and information systems, principally five years, buildings ten to forty years, finance leases over the shorter of the useful life or lease term, and leasehold improvements over the shorter of ten years or the lease term. We record maintenance and repairs, including the cost of minor replacements, to maintenance expense which is included within “Other operating costs” in our consolidated statements of operations. Costs of major repairs that extend the effective useful life of property are capitalized and depreciated accordingly. We capitalize the costs of obtaining or developing internal use software, including external direct costs of materials and services and directly related payroll costs. Amortization begins when the internal use software is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post- implementation stages, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred. Business Combinations We record tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Acquisition consideration typically includes cash payments, the issuance of Seller Notes and in certain instances contingent consideration with payment terms based on the achievement of certain targets of the acquired business. Amounts paid for each acquisition are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition inclusive of identifiable intangible assets. The estimated fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangibles, are based on valuations that use information and assumptions available to management. We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill. We allocate goodwill to our reporting units based on the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the acquired goodwill. Significant management judgments and assumptions are required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly acquired intangible assets, including estimated useful lives. The valuation of purchased intangible assets is based upon estimates of the future performance and discounted cash flows of the acquired business. Each asset acquired or liability assumed is measured at estimated fair value from the perspective of a market participant. Subsequent changes in the estimated fair value of contingent consideration are recognized as general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations. 79 Table of Contents Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from purchased businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors for a reporting unit to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If we choose to bypass this qualitative assessment or alternatively determine that a quantitative goodwill impairment test is required, our annual goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount (including attributed goodwill). We measure the fair value of the reporting units using a combination of income and market approaches. Any impairment would be recognized by a charge to income from operations and a reduction in the carrying value of the goodwill. As of October 1, 2020, we performed a quantitative assessment of the Patient Care reporting unit. The quantitative assessment did not result in the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeding its fair value. We apply judgment in determining the fair value of our reporting units and the implied fair value of goodwill which is dependent on significant assumptions and estimates regarding expected future cash flows, terminal value, changes in working capital requirements, and discount rates. We did not have any goodwill impairment during 2020, 2019, and 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded impairments of our indefinite-lived trade name totaling $0.2 million. We did not have any indefinite-lived trade name impairment during 2020 and 2019. See Note H - “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding this charge. As described, we apply judgment in the selection of key assumptions used in the goodwill impairment test and as part of our evaluation of intangible assets tested annually and at interim testing dates as necessary. If these assumptions differ from actual, we could incur additional impairment charges and those charges could be material. Long-Lived Asset Impairment We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We measure impairment as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. Estimated fair value is determined primarily using the projected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are classified as held for sale when the applicable criteria are met, and recognized within the consolidated balance sheet at the lower of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell. Depreciation on such assets is ceased. Long-Term Debt Long-term debt is recorded on our consolidated balance sheets at amortized cost, net of discounts and issuance expenses. Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with long-term debt are amortized utilizing the effective interest method, through the maturity of the related debt instrument. Discounts and costs incurred pertaining to the long-term debt are classified as a reduction of debt, and the costs incurred to obtain the revolving credit facility are recorded as deferred charges and are classified within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of these costs is included within “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statements of operations. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities Accounts payable relating to goods or services received is based on various factors including payments made subsequent to period end, vendor invoice dates, shipping terms confirmed by certain vendors or other third party documentation. Accrued liabilities are recorded based on estimates of services received or amounts expected to be paid to third parties. Accrued legal costs for legal contingencies are recorded when they are probable and estimable. 80 Table of Contents Self-Insurance Reserves We maintain insurance programs which include employee health insurance; workers’ compensation; and product, professional, and general liability. Our employee health insurance program is self-funded, with a stop-loss coverage on claims that exceed $0.8 million for any individually covered claim. We are responsible for workers’ compensation, product, professional and general liability claims up to $0.5 million per individual incident. The insurance and self-insurance accruals reflect the estimate of incurred but not reported losses, historical claims experience, and expected costs to settle unpaid claims and are undiscounted. We record amounts due from insurance policies in “Other assets” while recording the estimated liability in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheets. Leases We lease a majority of our patient care clinics and warehouses under lease arrangements, certain of which contain renewal options, rent escalation clauses, and/or landlord incentives. Rent expense for noncancellable leases with scheduled rent increases and/or landlord incentives is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including any applicable rent holidays, beginning on the lease commencement date. We exclude leases with a term of one year or less from our balance sheet, and do not separate non-lease components from our real estate leases. Our leases may include variable payments for maintenance, which are expensed as incurred. In addition, we are the lessor of therapeutic program equipment to patients and businesses in acute, post-acute, and clinic settings. The therapeutic program equipment and related services revenue are recognized over the applicable term the customer has the right to use the equipment and as the services are provided. These operating lease agreements are typically for twelve months and have a 30-day cancellation policy. Equipment acquired under a finance lease is recorded at the present value of the future minimum lease payments. We do not separate non-lease components, consisting primarily of training, for these leases. Income Taxes We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for net operating loss and other credit carry forwards and the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The evaluation of deferred tax assets requires judgment in assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns, and future profitability by tax jurisdiction. We provide a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to the valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in expected future pre-tax earnings, tax law, interactions with taxing authorities, and developments in case law. Our material assumptions include forecasts of future pre-tax earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and income represented by the deferred tax assets and liabilities, all of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. We have experienced losses from 2014 to 2017 due to impairments of our intangible assets, increased professional fees in relation to our restatement and related remediation procedures for identified material weaknesses, and increased interest and bank fees. These losses have necessitated that we evaluate the sufficiency of our valuation allowance. We are in a taxable income position in 2020 and are able to utilize net operating loss. We have $4.6 million and $2.8 million of U.S. federal and $153.0 million and $136.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These carryforwards will be used to offset future income but may be limited by the change in ownership rules in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts through 2040. We expect to generate income before taxes in future periods at a level that would allow for the full realization of the majority of our net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we have recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $2.1 million related to various state jurisdictions. 81 Table of Contents Based on our assessment of all available positive and negative evidence, which is completed quarterly, on a taxing jurisdiction and legal entity basis, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of certain state deferred tax assets and released valuation allowances of $7.1 million against our state deferred tax assets during the fourth quarter of 2019. We considered a number of types of evidence, including the nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting income and losses, sources of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, weighted by objectivity. Management decided to release this valuation allowance primarily because the legal entity involved has achieved twelve quarters of cumulative financial reporting income in 2019 and is forecasting future taxable income along with other types of favorable evidence mentioned above. The Company’s valuation allowance position in 2020 has not changed based on assessment of all available positive and negative evidence. We believe that our tax positions are consistent with applicable tax law, but certain positions may be challenged by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. In addition, we are subject to periodic audits and examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and other state and local taxing authorities. In these cases, we record the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. We record the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If not paid, the liability for uncertain tax positions is reversed as a reduction of income tax expense at the earlier of the period when the position is effectively settled or when the statute of limitations has expired. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. Interest and penalties, when applicable, are recorded within the income tax provision. Interest Expense, Net We record interest expense net of interest income. In our consolidated statements of operations, interest income was not material in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. Share-Based Compensation We primarily issue restricted common stock units under one active share-based compensation plan. Shares of common stock issued under this plan are issued from our authorized and unissued shares. We measure and recognize compensation expense, net of actual forfeitures, for all shares based payments at fair value. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, compensation expense was measured and recognized net of estimated forfeitures. Our outstanding awards are comprised of restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units, and stock options. The restricted stock units are subject to a service condition or vesting period ranging from one to four years. The performance-based restricted stock units include performance or market and service conditions. The performance conditions are primarily based on annual earnings per share targets and the market condition utilized in the Special Equity Plan is based on the three year absolute Common Stock price compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”). The fair value of each employee stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected dividend yield is derived from the annual dividend rate on the date of grant. The expected stock volatility is based on an assessment of our historical weekly stock prices as well as implied volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. government zero coupon bonds with maturities similar to the expected holding period. The expected holding period was determined by examining historical and projected post-vesting exercise behavior activity. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur. Compensation expense associated with restricted stock units and options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Compensation expense associated with performance-based restricted stock units is primarily recognized on a graded vesting over the requisite service period when the performance condition is probable of being achieved. The compensation expense associated with the performance-based restricted stock subject to market conditions is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. 82 Table of Contents Segment Information We have two segments: Patient Care and Products & Services. Except for the segment specific policies described above, the segments follow the same accounting policies as followed in the consolidated financial statements. We apply the “management approach” to disclosure of segment information. The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the basis of our reportable segments. The description of our reportable segments and the disclosure of segment information are presented in Note T - “Segment and Related Information” to these consolidated financial statements. Intersegment revenue represents sales of O&P components from our Products & Services segment to our Patient Care segment and are recorded at prices that approximate material cost plus overhead. Recent Developments Regarding COVID-19 We are subject to risks and uncertainties as a result of the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic (“COVID-19 pandemic”). The extent and duration of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial condition are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, as viral infections continue to increase and information is rapidly evolving. We believe that our patients are deferring visits to our O&P clinics as well as elective surgical procedures, both of which impact our business volumes through decreased patient encounters and physician referrals. Furthermore, capital markets and the economy have been disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and it still remains possible that it could cause a recessionary environment impacting the healthcare industry generally, including the O&P industry. The continuing economic disruption has had and could have a continuing material adverse effect on our business, as the duration and extent of state and local government restrictions impacting our patients’ ability or willingness to visit our O&P clinics and those of our customers, is unknown. The United States government has responded with fiscal policy measures intended to support the healthcare industry and economy as a whole, including the passage of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) in March 2020. We continue to monitor the provisions of the CARES Act and their application to us, as well as future governmental policies and their impact on our business; however, the magnitude and overall effectiveness of such policies to us and the economy as a whole remains uncertain. CARES Act The CARES Act established the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Cares Act Provider Relief Fund, which set aside $178.0 billion to be administered through grants and other mechanisms to hospitals, public entities, not-for-profit entities and Medicare- and Medicaid- enrolled suppliers and institutional providers. The purpose of these funds is to reimburse providers for lost revenue and health-care related expenses that are attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2020, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) began making payments to healthcare providers from the $178.0 billion appropriation. These are grants, rather than loans, to healthcare providers, and will not need to be repaid. During 2020, we recognized a total benefit of $24.0 million in our consolidated statement of operations within Other operating costs for the grant proceeds we received under the CARES Act (“Grants”) from HHS. We recognize income related to grants on a systematic and rational basis when it becomes probable that we have complied with the terms and conditions of the grant and in the period in which the corresponding costs or income related to the grant are recognized. The CARES Act also provides for a deferral of the employer portion of payroll taxes incurred during the COVID-19 pandemic through December 2020. The provisions allow us to defer half of such payroll taxes until December 2021 and the remaining half until December 2022. We deferred $11.8 million of payroll taxes within Accrued compensation related costs and Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. 83 Table of Contents Recent Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements During 2020 we adopted the following: ● ● ● In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and related clarifying standards, which replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The adoption of this standard on January 1, 2020 resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit of $0.2 million. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), which modifies the disclosures on fair value measurements by removing the requirement to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the policy for timing of such transfers. The ASU expands the disclosure requirements for Level 3 fair value measurements, primarily focused on changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income. There was no material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows due to the adoption on January 1, 2020. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. Among other provisions, this ASU removes the exception that limited the income tax benefit recognized in the interim period in cases when the year- to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. Adoption of this standard is effective beginning January 1, 2021, but as early adoption is permitted, we have selected to adopt this standard effective January 1, 2020. There was no material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows due to the adoption. During 2019 we adopted the following: ● Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842), and related clarifying standards, as of January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. This approach allows us to apply the standard as of the adoption date and record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit at January 1, 2019. The new lease standard requires lessees to recognize a right-of- use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases, defined as leases with a term of 12 months or less) at the lease commencement date and recognize expenses on the consolidated statements of operations on a straight- line basis. The resulting cumulative effect recognized at adoption to accumulated deficit was $1.5 million, net of tax. Recent Accounting Pronouncements, Not Yet Adopted In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU, effective beginning on March 12, 2020, provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments in this update apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The expedients and exceptions provided by the amendments do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022, except for hedging relationships existing as of December 31, 2022, that an entity has elected certain optional expedients for and that are retained through the end of the hedging relationship. We are currently evaluating the effects that the adoption of this guidance, and related clarifying standards, will have on our consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures. 84 Table of Contents Note B — Earnings Per Share Basic earnings per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus any potentially dilutive common shares, such as stock options, restricted stock units, and performance-based units calculated using the treasury stock method. Total anti- dilutive shares excluded from the diluted earnings per share were 3,831 as of December 31, 2020, zero as of December 31, 2019, and 17,894 as of December 31, 2018. Our Credit Agreement (as defined below) restricts the payment of dividends or other distributions to our shareholders by us or any of our subsidiaries. See Note M - “Debt and Other Obligations” within these consolidated financial statements. The reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per share are as follows: (in thousands, except per share data) Net income (loss) Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Effect of potentially dilutive restricted stock units and options(1) Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted Basic income (loss) per share Diluted income (loss) per share For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ 38,192 $ 27,525 $ (858) 37,948,796 649,534 38,598,330 37,267,188 797,429 38,064,617 36,764,551 — 36,764,551 $ $ 1.01 0.99 $ $ 0.74 0.72 $ $ (0.02) (0.02) (1) In accordance with ASC 260 - Earnings Per Share, during periods of a net loss, shares used to compute diluted per share amounts exclude potentially dilutive shares related to unvested restricted stock units and unexercised options. For the year ended December 31, 2018, potentially dilutive shares of 709,309 shares were excluded, as we were in a net loss position. Note C — Revenue Recognition Patient Care Segment Revenue in our Patient Care segment is primarily derived from contracts with third party payors for the provision of O&P devices and is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services to the patient at the time the patient receives the device. At, or subsequent to delivery, we issue an invoice to the third party payor, which primarily consists of commercial insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, the VA, or Private Pay individuals. We recognize revenue for the amounts we expect to receive from payors based on expected contractual reimbursement rates, which are net of estimated contractual discounts and implicit price concessions. These revenue amounts are further revised as claims are adjudicated, which may result in additional disallowances. 85 Table of Contents The following table disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers in our Patient Care segment for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: (in thousands) Patient Care Segment For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 Medicare Medicaid Commercial Insurance / Managed Care (excluding Medicare and Medicaid Managed Care) Veterans Administration Private Pay Total $ $ 268,226 135,134 296,738 76,769 54,736 831,603 $ $ 289,099 143,438 323,499 89,035 60,620 905,691 $ $ 273,833 132,938 316,243 78,328 56,040 857,382 The impact to revenue related to prior period performance obligations was not material for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. Products & Services Segment Revenue in our Products & Services segment is derived from the distribution of O&P components and from therapeutic solutions which includes the leasing and sale of rehabilitation equipment and ancillary consumable supplies combined with equipment maintenance, education, and training. The following table disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers in our Product & Services segment for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: (in thousands) Products & Services Segment Distribution services, net of intersegment revenue eliminations Therapeutic solutions Total Note D — Accounts Receivable, Net For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 $ $ 124,045 45,502 169,547 $ $ 143,400 48,955 192,355 $ $ 135,995 55,383 191,378 Accounts receivable, net represents outstanding amounts we expect to collect from the transfer of our products and services. Principally, these amounts are comprised of receivables from Medicare, Medicaid, and commercial insurance plans. Our accounts receivable represent amounts outstanding from our gross charges, net of contractual discounts, sales returns, and other implicit price concessions including estimates for payor disallowances and patient non-payments. We are exposed to credit losses primarily through our accounts receivable. These receivables are short in nature because their due date varies between due upon receipt of invoice and 90 days. We assess our receivables, divide them into similar risk pools, and monitor our ongoing credit exposure through active review of our aging buckets. Our activities include timely account reconciliations, dispute resolution, and payment confirmations. We also employ collection agencies and legal counsel to pursue recovery of defaulted receivables. 86 Table of Contents As part of the new accounting standard discussed in Note A – “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” our expected loss methodology was developed using historical liquidation rates, current and future economic and market conditions, and a review of the current status of our patients and customers’ trade accounts receivable balances. We also grouped our receivables into similar risk pools to better measure the risks for each pool. After evaluating the risk for each pool, we determined that additional credit loss risk was immaterial for the Patient Care segment. For the Products & Services segment, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded, which is deducted from gross accounts receivable to arrive at “Accounts receivable, net.” As of December 31, 2020, we have considered the current and future economic and market conditions resulting in an increase to the allowance for doubtful accounts by approximately $0.3 million since December 31, 2019. Accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 is comprised of the following: (in thousands) Gross charges before estimates for implicit price concessions Less estimates for implicit price concessions: Payor disallowances Patient non-payments Accounts receivable, gross Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net As of December 31, 2020 Products & As of December 31, 2019 Products & Patient Care Services Consolidated Patient Care Services Consolidated $ 156,504 $ 21,300 $ 177,804 $ 202,132 $ 27,551 $ 229,683 (39,343) (7,042) 110,119 — $ 110,119 $ — — 21,300 (2,823) 18,477 $ (39,343) (7,042) 131,419 (2,823) 128,596 (58,094) (9,589) 134,449 — $ 134,449 $ — — 27,551 (2,641) 24,910 $ (58,094) (9,589) 162,000 (2,641) 159,359 Approximately 46.8% and 50.1% of gross charges before estimates for payor disallowances and patient non-payments, is due from the Federal Government (Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA) at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The following table summarizes activities by year for the allowance for doubtful accounts: (in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2017 Cumulative Effect of ASC 606 Additions Reductions Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2018 Additions Reductions Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2019 Additions Reductions Recoveries Balance at December 31, 2020 87 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $ $ 14,065 (9,894) 630 (1,155) (1,374) 2,272 1,877 (762) (746) 2,641 1,869 (114) (1,573) 2,823 Table of Contents The following tables represent gross charges before estimates for payor disallowances and patient non-payments, by major payor classification and by aging categories reduced by implicit price concessions and allowance for doubtful accounts to accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively: December 31, 2020 (in thousands) Patient Care 0-60 Days 61-120 Days 121-180 Days Over 180 Days Total Commercial insurance (excluding Medicare and Medicaid Managed Care) Private pay Medicaid VA Non-Medicare Medicare $ $ 43,069 850 13,569 4,291 61,779 27,572 $ 10,743 401 2,705 692 14,541 5,169 $ 5,335 309 1,390 263 7,297 2,915 12,316 281 3,771 279 16,647 20,585 $ 71,463 1,841 21,435 5,525 100,264 56,241 Products & Services accounts receivable, before allowance 14,091 4,598 841 1,769 21,299 Gross charges before estimates for implicit price concessions and allowance for doubtful accounts 103,442 24,308 11,053 39,001 Less estimates for implicit price concessions Accounts receivable, before allowance Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net December 31, 2019 (in thousands) Patient Care 0-60 Days 61-120 Days 121-180 Days Over 180 Days Commercial insurance (excluding Medicare and Medicaid Managed Care) Private pay Medicaid VA Non-Medicare Medicare $ $ 46,771 1,081 13,779 4,465 66,096 36,654 $ 12,599 535 3,903 1,015 18,052 8,181 $ 7,050 435 2,314 353 10,152 5,191 18,120 569 8,068 565 27,322 30,484 $ $ 177,804 (46,385) 131,419 (2,823) 128,596 Total 84,540 2,620 28,064 6,398 121,622 80,510 Products & Services accounts receivable, before allowance 15,898 7,345 2,103 2,205 27,551 Gross charges before estimates for implicit price concessions and allowance for doubtful accounts 118,648 33,578 17,446 60,011 229,683 (67,683) 162,000 (2,641) 159,359 $ Less estimates for implicit price concessions Accounts receivable, before allowance Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net Note E — Inventories Our inventories are comprised of the following: (in thousands) Raw materials Work in process Finished goods Total inventories As of December 31, 2019 2020 19,716 12,040 44,673 76,429 $ $ 20,574 10,165 37,465 68,204 $ $ 88 Table of Contents Note F — Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net Property, plant, and equipment, net were comprised of the following: (in thousands) Land Buildings Furniture and fixtures Machinery and equipment Equipment leased to third parties under operating leases Leasehold improvements Computers and software Total property, plant, and equipment, gross Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization Total property, plant, and equipment, net As of December 31, 2019 2020 454 3,044 14,514 25,759 26,136 139,301 80,770 289,978 (205,105) 84,873 $ $ 634 4,110 13,835 25,438 29,217 131,617 75,540 280,391 (196,334) 84,057 $ $ Total depreciation expense was approximately $28.2 million, $30.6 million, and $29.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The following table summarizes our investment in equipment leased to third parties under operating leases: (in thousands) Program equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Net book value Note G — Acquisitions 2020 Acquisition Activity As of December 31, 2019 2020 $ $ 26,136 $ (11,429) 14,707 $ 29,217 (12,972) 16,245 During 2020, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $46.2 million at fair value, of which $16.8 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $21.9 million was issued in the form of notes to the former shareholders, $3.5 million in the form of a deferred payment obligation to the former shareholders, and $4.0 million in additional consideration. Of the $21.9 million in notes issued to the former shareholders, approximately $18.1 million of the notes were paid in October 2020 in a lump sum payment and the remaining $3.8 million of the notes are payable in annual installments over a period of three years on the anniversary date of the acquisition. Total payments of $4.0 million under the deferred payment obligation are due in annual installments beginning in the fourth year following the acquisition and for three years thereafter. Additional consideration includes approximately $3.6 million in liabilities incurred to the shareholders as part of the business combination payable in October 2020 and is included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $0.4 million in additional consideration represents the effective settlement of amounts due to us from the acquired O&P business as of the acquisition date. We completed the acquisition with the intention of expanding the geographic footprint of our patient care offerings through the acquisition of this high quality O&P provider. ● In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisitions of all the outstanding equity interests of four O&P businesses for total consideration of $7.1 million, of which $4.9 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $1.9 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.3 million in additional consideration. 89 Table of Contents We accounted for these transactions under the acquisition method of accounting and have reported the results of operations of each acquisition as of the respective dates of the acquisitions. We based the estimated fair values of intangible assets on an income approach utilizing the excess earnings method for customer relationships. The income approach utilizes management’s estimates of future operating results and cash flows using a weighted average cost of capital that reflects market participant assumptions. Other significant judgments used in the valuation of tangible assets acquired in the acquisition include estimated selling price of inventory and estimated replacement cost for acquired property, plant, and equipment. For all other assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the fair value reflects the carrying value of the asset or liability due to their short maturity. We recorded the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred in the acquisitions over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill reflects our expectations of favorable future growth opportunities, anticipated synergies through the scale of our O&P operations, and the assembled workforce. We expect that substantially all of the goodwill, which has been assigned to our Patient Care reporting unit, will not be deductible for federal income tax purposes. Acquisition-related costs are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Total acquisition-related costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, which includes those costs for transactions that are in progress or not completed during the respective period. Acquisition-related costs incurred for acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. We have not presented pro forma combined results for these acquisitions because the impact on previously reported statements of operations would not have been material individually or in the aggregate. Purchase Price Allocation For acquisitions that occurred after the second quarter of 2020, we have performed a preliminary valuation analysis of the fair market value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions. The final purchase price allocations will be determined when we have completed and fully reviewed the detailed valuations and could differ materially from the preliminary allocations. The final allocations may include changes in allocations of acquired intangible assets as well as goodwill and other changes to assets and liabilities, including deferred taxes. The estimated useful lives of acquired intangible assets are also preliminary. We have finalized the purchase price allocation within the measurement period for acquisitions that have been completed prior to the third quarter of 2020. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions was allocated on a preliminary basis as follows: (in thousands) Cash paid, net of cash acquired Issuance of seller notes at fair value Deferred payment obligation at fair value Additional consideration, net Aggregate purchase price Accounts receivable Inventories Customer relationships (Weighted average useful life of 5.0 years) Non-compete agreements (Weighted average useful life of 5.0 years) Other assets and liabilities, net Net assets acquired Goodwill $ $ 21,709 23,766 3,468 4,319 53,262 4,224 2,276 6,358 200 (4,561) 8,497 44,765 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to operating leases recognized in connection with acquisitions completed for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $5.5 million. 90 Table of Contents 2019 Acquisition Activity During 2019, we completed the following acquisitions of O&P clinics, none of which were individually material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: ● ● ● ● In the first quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $32.8 million, of which $27.7 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, $4.4 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value, and $0.7 million in additional consideration. In the second quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of an O&P business for total consideration of $0.5 million, of which $0.2 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the third quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $3.3 million, of which $3.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $0.3 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the outstanding equity interests of one O&P business and acquired the assets of another O&P business for total consideration of $7.8 million, of which $5.0 million was cash consideration, net of cash acquired, and $2.8 million was issued in the form of notes to shareholders at fair value. The notes issued to shareholders are unsecured and payable in installments over a period of 3 to 5 years. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions was allocated as follows: (in thousands) Cash paid, net of cash acquired Issuance of seller notes at fair value Additional consideration, net(1) Aggregate purchase price Accounts receivable Inventories Customer relationships (Weighted average useful life of 4.7 years) Non-compete agreements (Weighted average useful life of 4.9 years) Other assets and liabilities, net Net assets acquired Goodwill $ $ 35,909 7,835 626 44,370 4,128 2,081 7,038 350 (2,983) 10,614 33,756 (1) Approximately $0.7 million of additional consideration represents payments made during the third quarter related to certain tax elections with the seller, offset by an immaterial amount of favorable working capital adjustments. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to operating leases recognized in connection with acquisitions completed for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $5.2 million. 91 Table of Contents Note H — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill Under the provisions of ASC 350-10, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, goodwill is not amortized. Rather, an entity’s goodwill is subject to periodic impairment testing. ASC 350 requires that an entity assign its goodwill to reporting units and test each reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Accordingly, we perform our goodwill test annually as of October 1 and between annual tests whenever we identify certain triggering events or circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of any of our reporting units below its respective carrying value. Additionally, we consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The goodwill impairment test compares a reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying amount to identify any potential impairment. We apply judgment in determining the fair value of our reporting units for purposes of performing the goodwill impairment test. We rely on widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow and market multiple analysis approaches, which capture both the future income potential of the reporting unit and the market behaviors and actions of market participants in the industry that includes the reporting unit. These types of analyses require us to make assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows, industry-specific economic factors, and the profitability of future business strategies. The discounted cash flow approach uses a projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. Under the discounted cash flow approach, the projection uses management’s best estimates of the amount and timing of expected future cash flows impacted by economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit. Significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates, changes in working capital requirements, and weighted average cost of capital. The market multiple analysis estimates fair value by applying revenue and earnings multiples to the reporting unit’s operating results. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics to the reporting units. We evaluate the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of our reporting units by reconciling the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our total market capitalization as of our impairment testing date, taking into account an appropriate control premium. The determination of a control premium requires the use of judgment and is based upon control premiums observed in comparable market transactions. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: (in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2018 Additions from acquisitions Measurement period adjustments (1) Balance at December 31, 2019 Additions from acquisitions Measurement period adjustments(2) Goodwill,    Gross Patient Care Accum.    Impairment    Goodwill, Goodwill, Net    Gross Products & Services Accum.    Impairment    Goodwill, Net Goodwill, Gross Consolidated Accum.    Impairment    Goodwill, Net $ 627,410 $ 35,926 (428,668) $ 198,742 35,926 — $ 139,299 $ (139,299) $ — — — $ 766,709 $ — 35,926 (567,967) $ 198,742 35,926 — (2,424) 660,912 45,144 (165) — (428,668) — (2,424) 232,244 45,144 — 139,299 — — (139,299) — — — — (2,424) 800,211 45,144 — (567,967) — (2,424) 232,244 45,144 — (165) (428,668) $ 277,223 — — $ 139,299 $ (139,299) $ — — $ 845,190 $ (165) — (165) (567,967) $ 277,223 Balance at December 31, 2020 $ 705,891 $ (1) Measurement period adjustments relate to 2019 and 2018 acquisitions of approximately $2.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and are primarily attributable to adjustments to the preliminary allocations of customer relationship intangibles. (2) Measurement period adjustments relate to 2020 and prior years acquisitions of approximately $0.2 million and are primarily attributable to adjustments to the preliminary allocations of acquired assets. See Note G - “Acquisitions” within these consolidated financial statements for details surrounding goodwill acquired during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 92                   Table of Contents As of October 1, 2020, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment for the Patient Care reporting unit, which resulted in our determination that it was more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit was less than its fair value. As of October 1, 2019, and 2018, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment for the Patient Care reporting unit, which resulted in our determination that it was more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit was less than its fair value. Other Intangible Assets Under the provisions of ASC 360-10, Property, plant, and equipment, an intangible asset that has a finite life should be amortized over its estimated useful life and should be tested for recoverability by comparing the net carrying value of the asset or asset group to the undiscounted net cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of that asset or asset group when events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of a definite-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable, the fair value of the asset or asset group is measured and if the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. Under the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles-goodwill and other, an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not amortized but should be tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. The indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment standard allows an entity first to assess qualitative factors to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. Further testing is only required if the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. We perform our annual test for recoverability as of October 1. The balances related to other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: (in thousands) Customer lists Trade name Patents and other intangibles Definite-lived intangible assets Indefinite-lived trade name Total other intangible assets (in thousands) Customer lists Trade name Patents and other intangibles Definite-lived intangible assets Indefinite-lived trade name Total other intangible assets As of December 31, 2020 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Accumulated Impairment Net Carrying Amount 16,879 255 9,011 26,145 9,070 35,215 $ $ (5,845) (176) (5,810) (11,831) — (11,831) $ $ — $ — — — (4,953) (4,953) $ 11,034 79 3,201 14,314 4,117 18,431 As of December 31, 2019 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Accumulated Impairment Net Carrying Amount 32,772 255 9,188 42,215 9,070 51,285 $ $ (22,726) (151) (5,503) (28,380) — (28,380) $ $ — $ — — — (4,953) (4,953) $ 10,046 104 3,685 13,835 4,117 17,952 $ $ $ $ 93 Table of Contents The fair value of acquired customer list intangibles is estimated using an excess earnings model. Key assumptions utilized in the valuation model include pro-forma projected cash flows adjusted for market-participant assumptions, forecasted customer retention rates, and discount rates. Existing customer intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of four to ten years. The fair value of non-compete agreements are estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The related intangible assets are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their contractual term which ranges from two to twelve years. Other definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of up to nineteen years. The fair value associated with trade names is estimated using the relief- from-royalty method with the primary assumptions being the royalty rate and expected revenues associated with the trade names. These assets, some of which have indefinite lives, are primarily included in the Products & Services segment. Indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets are assessed for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. There was no impairment on our indefinite-lived trade name for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The impairment on our indefinite-lived trade name was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Trade name intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives of up to ten years. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was approximately $6.0 million, $5.0 million, and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Estimated aggregate amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for each of the next five years ended December 31, and thereafter is as follows: (in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total Note I — Other Current Assets and Other Assets Other current assets consist of the following: (in thousands) Non-trade receivables Prepaid maintenance Prepaid insurance Other prepaid assets Total other current assets $ $ 3,895 3,827 3,584 2,094 906 8 14,314 As of December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 6,063 2,942 266 3,086 12,357 $ $ 6,711 2,767 264 3,931 13,673 Non-trade receivables primarily relate to vendor rebate receivables, tenant improvement allowance receivables under previous lease accounting guidance, and other non-trade receivables. Prepaid maintenance primarily relates to prepaid software and hardware maintenance, and software license fees. Prepaid insurance is for product and general liability insurance. Other prepaid assets includes future rent expense paid in advance of the rental period, employer’s portion of health savings accounts, board member fees, tax and accounting services, unit commitments to fulfill our obligation with one of our product suppliers, education and training for our annual Hanger LIVE event held in the first quarter of each fiscal year, telecommunication, broker fees, and other miscellaneous prepaid expenses. 94 Table of Contents Other assets consist of the following: (in thousands) Implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements Cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance Finance lease right-of-use assets Deposits Non-trade receivables Other Total other assets As of December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 4,811 3,973 3,016 2,144 1,274 516 15,734 $ $ 1,964 3,253 1,488 1,893 2,398 309 11,305 Implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements relate to capitalized costs of our new financial and supply chain systems. The cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance (“COLI”) funded our Defined Contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“DC SERP”) at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. See Note Q - “Employee Benefits” for additional information. Finance lease right-of-use assets relate to the recognition of right-of-use assets in connection with finance leases. Deposits primarily relate to security deposits made in connection with property leases. Non-trade receivables primarily relate to estimated receivables due from our various business insurance policies. Other relates to prepaid maintenance fees, prepaid license fees, and revolver facility fees. Note J — Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities and Other Liabilities Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of: (in thousands) Patient prepayments, deposits, and refunds payable Accrued sales taxes and other taxes Derivative liability Insurance and self-insurance accruals Accrued professional fees Accrued interest payable Other current liabilities Total As of December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 27,195 9,863 7,686 7,651 1,016 440 9,010 62,861 $ $ 24,183 8,543 3,516 8,033 2,533 266 8,751 55,825 Patient prepayment deposits and refunds includes funds received for devices not yet delivered to a patient and refunds for overpayments. Taxes primarily includes accrued sales, property, and franchise tax liabilities. Derivative liability relates to our cash flow hedge; refer to Note O - “Derivative Financial Instruments.” Accrued insurance primarily relates to accruals for estimated losses for certain self-insured risks including property, professional and general liability, and employee health care costs. Accrued professional fees primarily relate to accruals for professional accounting and legal fees. Accrued interest payable relates to interest on our debt obligation. Other current liabilities are primarily related to accruals for deferred revenue and warranty liabilities. Other liabilities consist of: (in thousands) Supplemental executive retirement plan obligations Derivative liability Long-term insurance accruals Deferred payroll taxes Unrecognized tax benefits Other Total 95 As of December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 21,503 14,388 7,326 5,918 5,465 1,993 56,593 $ $ 20,851 9,821 7,424 — 5,296 2,412 45,804 Table of Contents Supplemental executive retirement plan obligations include obligations due on both the Defined Benefit Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“DB SERP”) and DC SERP. See Note Q - “Employee Benefits” within these consolidated financial statements. Derivative liability relates to our cash flow hedge; refer to Note O - “Derivative Financial Instruments.” Unrecognized tax benefits represent the difference between tax positions that we expect to take, or take on our income tax returns and the benefit we recognize on our financial statements. Deferred payroll taxes represents deferred liabilities associated with the CARES Act. Other includes asset retirement obligations, which is the liability to return a leased building to the state before it was occupied, fair market value lease differential liability, and other long-term accrued expenses. Note K — Income Taxes Components of provision for income taxes are as follows: (in thousands) Current: Federal State Total current Deferred: Federal State Total deferred Total provision for income taxes Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ (16,986) 192 (16,794) 15,169 2,263 17,432 638 $ $ 5,461 719 6,180 1,803 (5,029) (3,226) 2,954 $ $ 669 1,117 1,786 1,497 1,955 3,452 5,238 A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate applicable to continuing operations is as follows: Federal statutory tax rate State and local income taxes Research and development credits Change in uncertain tax positions Tax benefit from net operating loss carryback Permanent items State tax rate change effect on deferred balance Other tax credits Tax audit adjustments Change in valuation allowance Other Tax provision Years Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 21.0 % 4.5 % (28.0)% 6.9 % (10.2)% 5.4 % 1.7 % (0.1)% — % — % 0.4 % 1.6 % 21.0 % 6.0 % — % 0.2 % — % 2.3 % — % (0.1)% 0.9 % (22.5)% 1.9 % 9.7 % 21.0 % 26.6 % — % 5.5 % — % 27.9 % 27.7 % (5.6)% 8.7 % 9.5 % (1.7)% 119.6 % 96 Table of Contents The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the following table: (in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Lease liabilities Accrued expenses Provision for doubtful accounts and implicit price concessions Deferred benefit plan compensation Research and development credits Net operating loss carryforwards Share-based compensation Inventory reserves Refund liabilities Interest on seller notes Interest expense Intangibles Property, plant, and equipment Other Deferred tax assets Less: Valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Lease assets Goodwill Property, plant, and equipment Prepaid expenses Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets As of December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 35,801 15,611 13,291 11,199 9,637 8,907 3,437 2,945 2,518 844 603 582 — 1,349 106,724 (2,112) 104,612 32,069 9,368 7,198 1,100 49,735 54,877 $ $ 31,432 12,789 18,547 8,834 — 7,636 4,016 2,554 2,346 961 8,946 1,236 9,797 893 109,987 (2,065) 107,922 28,360 7,960 — 1,121 37,441 70,481 We provide a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We have $4.6 million and $2.8 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards available as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We have $153.0 million and $136.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These carryforwards will be used to offset future income but may be limited by the change in ownership rules in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts through 2040. We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we have recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $2.1 million related to various state jurisdictions. In our assessment of the valuation allowance, we consider a number of types of evidence on a taxing jurisdiction and legal entity basis in each reporting period, including the nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting income and losses, sources of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, weighted by objectivity. Based on our consideration of all available positive and negative evidence, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize the benefit of certain state deferred tax assets after we achieved twelve quarters of cumulative pretax income adjusted for permanent differences, as well as forecasted future taxable income and other positive evidence, and released $7.1 million of the valuation allowance related to certain state deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2019. The Company’s valuation allowance position in 2020 has not changed based on assessment of all available positive and negative evidence. 97 Table of Contents The following schedule presents the activity in the valuation allowance: (in thousands) Year 2020 2019 2018 Balance at Beginning of Year Acquisitions Provision Released Balance at End of Year $ $ $ 2,065 8,930 8,754 $ $ $ — — — $ $ $ 47 238 204 $ $ $ — 7,103 28 $ $ $ 2,112 2,065 8,930 A reconciliation of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: (in thousands) Unrecognized tax benefits, at beginning of the year Additions for tax positions related to the current year Increase related to prior year positions Decrease related to prior year positions Decrease for lapse of applicable statute of limitations Unrecognized tax benefits, at end of the year 2020 2019 2018 $ $ $ 4,331 1,026 1,891 (352) — $ 6,896 4,765 247 — (337) (344) 4,331 $ $ 4,860 257 — (352) — 4,765 As of December 31, 2020, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is approximately $5.3 million. We expect unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by $4.1 million within the next twelve months due to the lapse of statute limitations. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the amount of accrued interest and penalties was approximately $1.2 million, $1.0 million, and $0.8 million, respectively. We are subject to income tax in the U.S. federal, state, and local jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2016. However, due to net operating loss carryforwards, tax authorities have the ability to adjust those net operating losses related to closed years. We believe the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we completed a study of qualifying research and development expenses resulting in the recognition of tax benefits of $2.2 million, net of tax reserves, related to the current year and $6.1 million, net of tax reserves, relating to the prior years. We recorded the tax benefit, before tax reserves, as a deferred tax asset. The CARES Act, which was enacted on March 27, 2020, includes changes to certain tax laws related to the deductibility of interest expense and depreciation, as well as the provision to carryback net operating losses to five preceding years. ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires the effects of changes in tax rates and laws on deferred tax balances to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. As a result of the CARES Act provisions, for the year ended December 31, 2020 we recognized a tax benefit of $4.0 million resulting from the loss carryback claim to a prior period with a higher statutory rate, which also decreased our current income taxes payable by $17.2 million as of December 31, 2020. 98 Table of Contents Note L — Leases The information pertaining to leases on the consolidated balance sheet is as follows: Classification As of December 31, 2020 2019 (in thousands) Assets Operating lease right-of-use assets Finance lease right-of-use assets Total lease assets Liabilities Current Operating Finance Noncurrent Operating Finance Total lease liabilities Operating lease right-of-use assets Other assets Current portion of operating lease liabilities Current portion of long-term debt Operating lease liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion The components of lease cost recognized in the consolidated statement of operations are as follows: (in thousands) Operating lease cost Finance lease cost Amortization of right-of-use assets Interest on lease liabilities Sublease income Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Total lease cost $ $ $ $ 124,741 3,016 127,757 35,002 707 104,589 2,472 142,770 $ $ $ $ 110,559 1,488 112,047 34,342 370 88,418 1,135 124,265 For the Years Ended 2019 2020 $ 47,242 $ 44,081 615 99 (248) 472 5,590 53,770 $ 312 28 (240) 613 5,476 50,270 $ Maturities of our lease liabilities, by year and in the aggregate, under operating and financing obligations with terms of one year or more at December 31, 2020 are as follows: (in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total lease payments Imputed interest Total Finance Leases Operating Leases $ $ 819 733 674 638 474 144 3,482 (303) 3,179 $ $ 99 $ Total Leases 42,646 37,277 27,472 17,470 10,734 35,219 170,818 (28,048) 142,770 $ 41,827 36,544 26,798 16,832 10,260 35,075 167,336 (27,745) 139,591 Table of Contents The lease term and discount rates are as follows: Weighted average remaining lease term (years) Operating leases Finance leases Weighted average discount rate Operating leases Finance leases Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows: (in thousands) Cash flows for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Operating cash flows from finance leases Financing cash flows from finance leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations: Operating leases Finance leases Right-of-use assets acquired and lease liabilities assumed in acquisitions December 31, 2020 2019 5.91 4.72 5.16 % 4.03 % 3.98 5.17 5.29 % 4.01 % For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 44,814 99 556 49,380 2,393 5,469 44,111 28 325 41,065 1,245 5,189 We have reclassified supplemental cash flow information in the prior year to present Right-of-use assets acquired and lease liabilities assumed in acquisitions consistent with the presentation in the current year. Note M — Debt and Other Obligations Debt consists of the following: (in thousands) Debt: Term Loan B Seller notes Deferred payment obligation Finance lease liabilities and other Total debt before unamortized discount and debt issuance costs Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net Total debt Current portion of long-term debt: Term Loan B Seller notes Finance lease liabilities and other Total current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt 100 As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2019 $ $ 491,113 11,510 4,000 3,869 510,492 (7,395) 503,097 5,050 4,060 975 10,085 493,012 $ $ 496,163 9,005 — 2,033 507,201 (8,328) 498,873 5,050 3,175 527 8,752 490,121 Table of Contents Refinancing of Credit Agreement and Term B Borrowings On March 6, 2018, we entered into a new $605.0 million Senior Credit Facility (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a revolving credit facility with an initial maximum aggregate amount of availability of $100.0 million that matures in March 2023 and (ii) a $505.0 million Term Loan B facility due in quarterly principal installments commencing June 29, 2018, with all remaining outstanding principal due at maturity in March 2025. Availability under the revolving credit facility is reduced by outstanding letters of credit, which were approximately $5.2 million as of December 31, 2020. We may (a) increase the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding tranche of term loans or add one or more additional tranches of term loans under the loan documents, and/or (b) increase the aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments or add one or more additional revolving loan facilities under the loan documents by an aggregate amount of up to the sum of (1) $125.0 million and (2) an amount such that, after giving effect to such incurrence of such amount (but excluding the cash proceeds of such incremental facilities and certain other indebtedness, and treating all commitments in respect of revolving indebtedness as fully drawn), the consolidated first lien net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.80 to 1.00, if certain conditions are satisfied, including the absence of a default or an event of default under the Credit Agreement at the time of the increase and that we obtain the consent of each lender providing any incremental facility. Net proceeds from our initial borrowings under the Credit Agreement, which totaled approximately $501.5 million, were used in part to repay in full all previously existing loans outstanding under our previous credit agreement and Term B credit agreement during the first quarter of 2018. Proceeds were also used to pay various transaction costs including fees paid to respective lenders and accrued and unpaid interest. The remainder of the proceeds are being used to provide ongoing working capital and capital for other general corporate purposes. In connection with the Credit Agreement, we paid debt issuance costs of approximately $6.8 million. As part of the repayment of amounts outstanding under our prior credit agreements, we paid a call premium totaling approximately $8.4 million and expensed outstanding unamortized discount and debt issuance costs totaling approximately $8.6 million. The call premium and unamortized debt issuance costs on the prior credit agreements are included in “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. In March 2020, we borrowed $79.0 million under our revolving credit facility, which was due in March 2023. In June 2020, we repaid $57.0 million in borrowings under this revolving credit facility, and in September 2020, we repaid the remaining $22.0 million in borrowings under the facility. We had approximately $94.8 million in available borrowing capacity under our $100.0 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2020. Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are currently guaranteed by our material domestic subsidiaries and will from time to time be guaranteed by, subject in each case to certain exceptions, any domestic subsidiaries that may become material in the future. Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement is secured by first-priority perfected liens and security interests in substantially all of our personal property and each subsidiary guarantor. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a variable rate equal to (i) LIBOR plus a specified margin, or (ii) the base rate (which is the highest of (a) Bank of America, N.A.’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (c) the sum of 1% plus one-month LIBOR) plus a specified margin. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan B facility was approximately 4.1% and 5.8%, respectively. We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge certain of our interest rate exposures, as more fully disclosed in Note O - “Derivative Financial Instruments.” We must also pay (i) an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum of the average daily unused portion of the aggregate revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) a per annum fee equal to (a) for each performance standby letter of credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement with respect to nonfinancial contractual obligations, 50% of the applicable margin over LIBOR under the revolving credit facility in effect from time to time multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under such letter of credit, and (b) for each other letter of credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the applicable margin over LIBOR under the revolving credit facility in effect from time to time multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn for such letter of credit. 101 Table of Contents The Credit Agreement contains various restrictions and covenants, including: i) requirements that we maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels, ii) a prohibition on payment of dividends and other distributions and iii) restrictions on our ability and certain of our subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, or consummate acquisitions outside the healthcare industry. The Credit Agreement includes the following financial covenants applicable for so long as any revolving loans and/or revolving commitments remain outstanding under the Credit Agreement (some of which were amended in May 2020 by the Amendment (as defined and described below)): (i) a maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio (“Net Leverage Ratio”) (defined as, with certain adjustments and exclusions, the ratio of consolidated first-lien indebtedness to consolidated net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash charges and certain other items (“EBITDA”) for the most recently ended period of four fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available) of 4.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2020 through March 31, 2021; 4.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2021 through March 31, 2022; and 3.75 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter; and (ii) a minimum interest coverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of our EBITDA to consolidated interest expense to the extent paid or payable in cash) of 2.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. The Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default. If an event of default under the Credit Agreement occurs and is continuing, then the lenders may declare any outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that the occurrence of an event of default as a result of a breach of a financial covenant under the Credit Agreement does not constitute a default or event of default with respect to any term facility under the Credit Agreement unless and until the required revolving lenders shall have terminated their revolving commitments and declared all amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility to be due and payable. In addition, if we or any subsidiary guarantor becomes the subject of voluntary or involuntary proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, then any outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement will automatically become immediately due and payable. Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate of 2.00% per annum in excess of the otherwise applicable rate (i) upon acceleration of such loans, (ii) while a payment event of default exists or (iii) upon the lenders’ request, during the continuance of any other event of default. In May 2020, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”) that provided for, amongst other things, an increase in the maximum Net Leverage Ratio to 5.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2020 through March 31, 2021; 5.00 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2021 through September 30, 2021; and 4.75 to 1.00 for the quarter ended December 31, 2021 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. In addition, the Amendment changed the definition of EBITDA used in the Net Leverage Ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio to adjust for declines in net revenue attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will bear interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of LIBOR or 1%, plus 3.75%. In addition, the Amendment contained certain restrictions and covenants that further limit our ability, and certain of our subsidiaries' ability, to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, or consummate acquisitions not financed with the proceeds of an equity offering, except that certain acquisitions are permitted after September 30, 2020, in the event we maintain certain leverage and liquidity thresholds. We capitalized debt issuance costs of $0.2 million in connection with the Amendment, which were recorded in Other assets. We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2020. Subsidiary Guarantees The obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our material domestic subsidiaries, which incorporates subsidiaries that both make up no less than 90% of our total net revenues and make up no less than 90% of our total assets. Separate condensed consolidating information is not included as the parent company does not have independent assets or operations, and the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. Other Restrictions The Credit Agreement limits our ability to, among other things, purchase capital assets, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends on or redeem capital stock, make certain investments, make restricted payments, make certain dispositions of assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, engage in certain business activities, and engage in mergers, consolidations, and certain sales of assets. 102 Table of Contents Seller Notes and the Deferred Payment Obligation We typically issue subordinated promissory notes (“Seller Notes”) as a part of the consideration transferred when making acquisitions. The Seller Notes are unsecured and are presented net of unamortized discount of $0.9 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We measure these instruments at their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The stated interest rates on these instruments range from 2.50% to 3.00%. Principal and interest are payable in quarterly or annual installments and mature through November 2025. Amounts due under the deferred payment obligation to the former shareholders of an acquired O&P business are unsecured and presented net of unamortized discount of $0.5 million as of December 31, 2020. The deferred payment obligation was measured at its estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and accrues interest at a rate of 3.0%. Principal and interest payments under the deferred payment obligation are due in annual installments beginning in 2024 and for three years thereafter. Scheduled Maturities of Total Debt Scheduled maturities of debt at December 31, 2020 were as follows: (in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter Total debt before unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net Total debt Note N — Fair Value Measurements Financial Instruments $ $ 10,368 8,868 8,434 7,734 472,820 2,268 510,492 (7,395) 503,097 The carrying value of our outstanding term loan as of December 31, 2020 (excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs of $6.5 million) was $491.1 million compared to its fair value of $489.9 million. The carrying value of our outstanding term loan as of December 31, 2019 (excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs of $7.9 million) was $496.2 million compared to its fair value of $497.4 million. Our estimates of fair value are based on a discounted cash flow model and indicative quotes using unobservable inputs, primarily, our risk-adjusted credit spread, which represents a Level 3 measurement. We have interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges and are measured at fair value based on inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable, which represents a Level 2 measurement. See Note M – “Debt and Other Obligations” and Note O – “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information. We believe that the carrying value of the Seller Notes and the deferred payment obligation approximates their fair values based on a discounted cash flow model using unobservable inputs, primarily, our credit spread for subordinated debt, which represents a Level 3 measurement. The carrying value of our outstanding Seller Notes and the deferred payment obligation issued in connection with past acquisitions as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $14.6 million and $8.6 million, net of unamortized discounts of $0.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively. 103 Table of Contents Note O — Derivative Financial Instruments Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk In March 2018, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with notional values of $325.0 million, at inception, which reduces $12.5 million annually until the swaps mature on March 6, 2024. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, our swaps, had a notional value outstanding of $300.0 million and $312.5 million, respectively. Changes in Net Loss on Cash Flow Hedges Included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss The following table presents the activity of cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (in thousands) Balance as of December 31, 2018 Unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive loss, net of tax Reclassification to interest expense, net of tax Balance as of December 31, 2019 Unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive loss, net of tax Reclassification to interest expense, net of tax Balance as of December 31, 2020 Cash Flow Hedges $ $ $ (2,936) (8,806) 1,605 (10,137) (13,230) 6,596 (16,771) The following table presents the fair value of derivative liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019: (in thousands) Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments: Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Other liabilities Note P — Share-Based Compensation As of December 31, 2020 Liabilities Assets As of December 31, 2019 Liabilities Assets $ $ — — 7,686 14,388 $ — $ — 3,516 9,821 On May 17, 2019, the shareholders approved the Hanger, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The 2019 Plan authorizes the issuance of (a) up to 2,025,000 shares of Common Stock, plus (b) 243,611 shares available for issuance under the Hanger, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”). Upon approval of the 2019 Plan, the 2016 Plan was no longer available for future awards. On May 19, 2017, the Board of Directors approved the Hanger, Inc. Special Equity Plan (the “Special Equity Plan”). The Special Equity Plan authorized up to 1.5 million shares of Common Stock and operates completely independent from our 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. All awards under the Special Equity Plan were made on May 19, 2017 which consisted of 0.8 million stock options and 0.3 million performance-based stock awards. No further grants of awards will be authorized or issued under the Special Equity Plan. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 1.7 million shares were available for future issuance under the 2019 Plan. The available shares consisted of (a) 2.0 million shares of common stock originally authorized for issuance under the amended 2019 Plan, plus (b) 0.2 million shares rolled forward from the 2016 Plan, plus (c) 0.2 million shares forfeited and added back to the pool, less (d) 0.7 million shares issued for awards. In 2020, shares issued under equity plans were issued from authorized and unissued shares. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, we recognized share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.4 million, $13.4 million, and $13.1 million. Share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, relates to restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units, and options. 104 Table of Contents Restricted Stock Units The summary of restricted stock units, performance-based stock units, and weighted average grant date fair values are as follows: Employee Service-Based Awards Employee Performance- Based Awards Director Awards Nonvested at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2020 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ $ 14.47 19.14 14.48 14.94 16.32 21.81 14.18 18.97 18.90 Units 1,208,628 467,896 (452,306) (59,994) 1,164,224 427,851 (489,026) (21,289) 1,081,760 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $ $ 17.63 19.16 18.40 18.32 17.82 25.95 24.36 19.29 18.86 Units 593,099 147,983 (120,953) (20,645) 599,484 523,972 (541,923) (260,852) 320,681 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Units 61,376 55,752 (61,376) $ — 55,752 70,623 (55,752) — $ 70,623 18.25 20.09 18.25 — 20.10 17.07 20.09 — 17.07 During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, approximately 1.1 million, 0.6 million, and 0.7 million of restricted common stock units with an intrinsic value of $21.3 million, $12.3 million, and $12.0 million, respectively, became fully vested. As of December 31, 2020, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units and unvested performance based restricted stock units for which we have concluded the performance condition was probable of achievement was approximately $31.5 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.5 years. The aggregate granted units have vesting dates through June 2022. The 2020, 2019, and 2018 aggregate grants had total estimated grant date fair values of $24.1 million, $12.9 million, and $13.3 million, respectively. A special equity grant of performance-based restricted stock units was granted on May 19, 2017 under the Special Equity Plan and was initially granted to vest 100% three years after the date of issuance, assuming the performance goal is achieved. The financial target for this grant was originally to achieve a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of our common stock price of 20% as of market close on May 18, 2020. This equated to a share price on that date of $22.07 compared to the closing price on the eve of grant of $12.77. The grant provided for the vesting of 50% of the original targeted shares if a CAGR of 10% (a stock price of $17.00) is achieved. The grant also provided for the vesting of up to 200% of the original targeted shares if a CAGR of 30% (a stock price of $28.06) or more is achieved. The percentage of vested shares will be interpolated on a linear basis between 50% and 200% for a CAGR between 10% and 30%. The stock price at time of award was $12.77, but given market condition performance criteria, the Monte Carlo Simulation valuation was used to calculate a fair value of $19.29 per share. The key assumptions used were a volatility rate of 109.5%, a risk-free interest rate of 1.44%, and a performance period of 3 years. In November 2019, the special equity grant was amended by adjusting the calculation of the CAGR of our common stock price from the third anniversary of the grant date to the average closing price for the 25 trading days ending on and including the last day of the three year performance period (i.e., May 18, 2020.) This adjustment was considered a modification per ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, and therefore, any incremental fair value arising from the modification of an award with market conditions would be recognized over the remaining service period. The valuation concluded there was an additional $34.0 thousand in incremental fair value that will be expensed ratably over the remainder of the service period. In May 2020, the special equity grant was amended to modify the performance period ending date for purposes of the compounded annual growth rate calculation to February 20, 2020, shortening the performance period to approximately 33 months, representing a reduction of three months. This adjustment was considered a modification per ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, and, therefore, any incremental fair value arising from the modification of an award with market conditions would be recognized over the remaining service period. As a result of the modification, we recognized an additional $5.9 million in share-based compensation expense during the second quarter of 2020. 105 Table of Contents Performance-based restricted stock units were granted on March 9, 2020. The grants were made prior to knowing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the company's business and industry. The stock units would only be earned if we achieved the adjusted earnings per share ("Adjusted EPS") performance goal for 2020. If earned, they would vest 25% annually over four years on the anniversary of the grant date, commencing on the first anniversary. In November 2020, the performance-based grant was amended by adjusting the Adjusted EPS performance goal for these awards to reflect our July 2020 revised financial forecast for the year, which gave consideration to the challenges we faced during the first half of the year and the expected performance for the remainder of the year, taking into account the expected impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, it also reduced the number of shares the participants could receive pursuant to their previously granted awards to 85% of the original target number. Options Certain options were granted in 2017 under the Special Equity Plan. The fair value of each employee stock option award was estimated on the date of grant of May 19, 2017 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and calculated a grant date fair value of $8.67 per option. The key assumptions used were an expected dividend yield of zero, an expected stock volatility of 92.48%, a risk-free interest rate of 1.68%, and an expected term of 4.38 years. The summary of option activity and weighted average exercise prices are as follows: Outstanding at December 31, 2018 Granted Terminated Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2019 Granted Terminated Exercised Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Aggregate Intrinsic Value Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) $ 681,869 — (9,913) (148,851) 523,105 — — (7,193) 515,912 $ $ 4,213,950 7,762,878 12.77 — 12.77 12.77 12.77 — 12.77 12.77 $ 4,756,709 7.4 5.6 At December 31, 2020, 0.5 million options were outstanding but not yet exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $12.77, average remaining contractual terms of 5.6 years and aggregate intrinsic values of approximately $4.8 million. At December 31, 2019, 0.5 million options were outstanding but not yet exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $12.77, average remaining contractual terms of 7.4 years and aggregate intrinsic values of approximately $7.8 million. As of December 31, 2019, there was unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards of $0.7 million. Note Q — Employee Benefits Savings Plan We maintain a 401(k) Savings and Retirement plan that covers all of our employees. Under the plan, employees may defer a portion of their compensation up to the levels permitted by the Internal Revenue Service. We recorded matching contributions of approximately $6.5 million, $6.1 million, and $5.8 million under this plan during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, which were included within “Personnel costs” and “General and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of operations. 106 Table of Contents Defined Benefit Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Effective January 2004, we implemented an unfunded noncontributory DB SERP for certain senior executives. The DB SERP, which we administer, calls for fifteen annual payments upon retirement with the payment amount based on years of service and final average salary. Benefit costs and liability balances are calculated based on certain assumptions including benefits earned, discount rates, interest costs, mortality rates, and other factors. We engaged an actuary to calculate the related benefit obligation at December 31, 2020 and 2019 as well as net periodic benefit plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the average remaining service period of plan participants is 8.5 and 9.5 years, respectively. We believe the assumptions used are appropriate; however, changes in assumptions or differences in actual experience may affect our benefit obligation and future expenses. Actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods, affecting the recorded obligation and expense in future periods. The DB SERP’s net benefit obligation is as follows: Change in Benefit Obligation (in thousands) Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2017 Service cost Interest cost Payments Actuarial gain Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2018 Service cost Interest cost Payments Actuarial loss Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2019 Service cost Interest cost Payments Actuarial loss Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2020 The funded status of the DB SERP’s net benefit obligation is as follows: (in thousands) Unfunded status Unamortized net loss Net amount recognized Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: (in thousands) Current accrued expenses and other current liabilities Non-current other liabilities Total accrued liabilities $ $ 20,793 367 600 (1,913) (920) 18,927 335 658 (1,913) 1,207 19,214 392 485 (1,913) 1,568 19,746 December 31, 2020 2019 15,125 4,621 19,746 $ $ 15,950 3,264 19,214 December 31, 2020 2019 1,913 17,833 19,746 $ $ 1,913 17,301 19,214 $ $ $ $ We recorded gross actuarial losses (gains) under the DB SERP of approximately $1.6 million, $1.2 million, and $(0.9) million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, in other comprehensive loss. There were no other components such as prior service costs or transition obligations relating to the DB SERP costs recorded within other comprehensive loss during 2020, 2019, or 2018. 107 Table of Contents The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligation as of December 31 of each year. Net periodic benefit cost for each year was determined using the weighted average assumptions as of the prior year. We used a third party actuarial specialist to assist in determining, among other things, the discount rate for all three years presented. Our assumed weighted average discount rate for the defined benefit plan reflects the hypothetical rate at which the projected benefit obligation could be effectively settled or paid out to participants. We determine our discount rate based on a range of factors, including a yield curve composed of rates of return on high-quality, fixed income corporate bonds. Discount rate Average rate of increase in compensation 2020 2019 2018 2.0 % 3.0 % 2.9 % 2.5 % 4.0 % 3.0 % At December 31, 2020, the estimated accumulated benefit obligation is $19.7 million. Future payments under the DB SERP are as follows: (in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter $ $ 1,913 1,913 1,913 1,913 1,913 10,181 19,746 Defined Contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan In 2013, we established a defined contribution plan that covers certain of our senior executives. Each participant is given a notional account to manage his or her annual distributions and allocate the funds among various investment options (e.g., mutual funds). These accounts are tracking accounts only for the purpose of calculating the participant’s benefit. The participant does not have ownership of the underlying mutual funds. When a participant initiates or changes the allocation of his or her notional account, we will generally make an allocation of our investments to match those chosen by the participant. While the allocation of our sub accounts is generally intended to mirror the participant’s account records (i.e., the distributions and gains or losses on those funds), the employee does not have legal ownership of any funds until payout upon retirement. The underlying investments are owned by the insurance company with which we own an insurance policy. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the estimated accumulated benefit obligation is $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of which $4.0 million and $3.3 million is funded and $0.5 million and $0.6 million is unfunded at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In connection with the DC SERP benefit obligation, we maintain a COLI policy. The carrying value of the COLI is measured at its cash surrender value and is presented within “Other assets” in our consolidated balance sheets. See Note I - “Other Current Assets and Other Assets” for additional information. Note R — Commitments and Contingencies Guarantees and Indemnification In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into service agreements with service providers in which we agree to indemnify or limit the service provider against certain losses and liabilities arising from the service provider’s performance of the agreement. We have reviewed our existing contracts containing indemnification or clauses of guarantees and do not believe that our liability under such agreements is material. 108 Table of Contents Legal Proceedings Derivative Litigation In February and August of 2015, two separate shareholder derivative suits were filed in Texas state court against us related to the announced restatement of certain of our financial statements. The cases were subsequently consolidated into Judy v. Asar, et. al., Cause No. D-1-GN-15-000625. On October 25, 2016, plaintiffs in that action filed an amended complaint, and the case was pending before the 345th Judicial District Court of Travis County, Texas. The amended complaint in the consolidated derivative action named us and certain of our current and former officers and directors as defendants. It alleged claims for breach of fiduciary duty based, inter alia, on the defendants’ alleged failure to exercise good faith to ensure that we had in place adequate accounting and financial controls and that disclosures regarding our business, financial performance, and internal controls were truthful and accurate. The complaint sought unspecified damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, and equitable relief. As disclosed in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 6, 2016, the Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee of the Board (the “Special Committee”). The Board delegated to the Special Committee the authority to (1) determine whether it was in our best interests to pursue any of the allegations made in the derivative cases filed in Texas state court (which cases were consolidated into the Judy case discussed above), (2) determine whether it was in our best interests to pursue any remedies against any of our current or former employees, officers, or directors as a result of the conduct discovered in the Audit Committee investigation concluded on June 6, 2016 (the “Investigation”), and (3) otherwise resolve claims or matters relating to the findings of the Investigation. The Special Committee retained independent legal counsel to assist and advise it in carrying out its duties and reviewed and considered the evidence and various factors relating to our best interests. In accordance with its findings and conclusions, the Special Committee determined that it was not in our best interest to pursue any of the claims in the Judy derivative case. Also in accordance with its findings and conclusions, the Special Committee determined that it was not in our best interests to pursue legal remedies against any of our current or former employees, officers, or directors. On April 14, 2017, we filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated derivative action based on the resolution by the Special Committee that it was not in our best interest to pursue the derivative claims. Counsel for the derivative plaintiffs opposed that motion and moved to compel discovery. In a hearing held on June 12, 2017, the Travis County court denied plaintiffs’ motion to compel, and held that the motion to dismiss would be considered only after appropriate discovery was concluded. The plaintiffs subsequently subpoenaed counsel for the Special Committee, seeking a copy of the full report prepared by the Special Committee and its independent counsel. Counsel for the Special Committee, as well as our counsel, took the position that the full report was not discoverable under Texas law. Plaintiffs’ counsel filed a motion to compel the Special Committee’s counsel to produce the report. We opposed the motion. On July 20, 2018, the Travis County court ruled that only a redacted version of the report was discoverable, and counsel for the Special Committee provided a redacted version of the report to plaintiffs’ counsel. Plaintiffs objected to the redacted version of the report, and on February 4, 2019, the Travis County court appointed a Special Master to review plaintiffs’ objections to the redacted report. On March 22, 2019, the Special Master submitted a report to the Travis County court recommending that the court order that the entire Special Committee report be produced. On April 2, 2019 we filed an objection to the Special Master’s report and recommendation, and requested a hearing on the matter. On June 25, 2019, the Travis County court rejected the recommendation of the Special Master, and instead ordered that only a limited additional portion of the Special Committee report should be unredacted. On July 10, 2019, the updated redacted Special Committee report was provided to plaintiffs through their counsel. In late October 2019, a non-binding agreement in principle was reached by the parties to settle the consolidated derivative action, the parties entered into a definitive settlement agreement in late December 2019, and in January 2020 the Travis County court issued an order providing preliminary approval of the settlement and ordering that notice of the settlement be made to the Company’s shareholders. On March 10, 2020, the Travis County court issued an order providing final approval of the settlement and dismissing with prejudice the consolidated derivative action. 109 Table of Contents Other Matters From time to time we are subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of our business, and are also subject to additional payments under business purchase agreements. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of our operations. We operate in a highly regulated industry and receive regulatory agency inquiries from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including inquiries relating to our billing activities. No assurance can be given that any discrepancies identified during a regulatory review will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. Favorable Settlements For the year ended December 31, 2018, our results of operations and net income benefited from the favorable resolution of two matters. On May 15, 2018, we received a net favorable settlement of $1.7 million in connection with our long standing damage claims relating to the “Deepwater Horizon” disaster, and the prior adverse effect which it had on our clinic operations along the Gulf Coast in April of 2010. We do not anticipate further payments in connection with this matter as this settlement constituted a full and final satisfaction of our claims. The benefit of this settlement was recognized as a reduction to our general and administrative expenses. On June 28, 2018, we entered into an agreement with the State of Delaware, and made payment, to satisfy all of the State’s abandoned or unclaimed property claims transactions represented within the period of January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2012 which were reportable through December 31, 2017 in the amount of $2.2 million. This agreed upon payment amount was favorable by $0.5 million to the amount we had previously estimated for these liabilities and had the effect of reducing our general and administrative expenses by this amount. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, we were not required to pay interest on the previously unremitted cumulative abandoned or unclaimed property relating to this twelve year period in the amount of $1.5 million, which had the effect of lowering our interest expense in the year by this accrued interest amount. Note S — Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) Shareholder’s Rights Plan On February 28, 2016, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The dividend was payable to the shareholders of record on March 10, 2016 (the “Record Date”). The Rights would not be exercisable until after the public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired or obtained the right or obligation to acquire beneficial ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding Common Stock (“Acquiring Person”) or following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person. If a shareholder’s beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of the time of the public announcement of the Rights Agreement and associated dividend declaration was at or above the applicable threshold, as defined by the Rights Agreement (including through entry into certain derivative positions), that shareholder’s then-existing ownership percentage would be grandfathered, but the rights would become exercisable if at any time after such announcement, the shareholder increases its ownership percentage. Once exercisable, each Right allowed its holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), for $65.00 (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment. Prior to exercise, the Right did not give its holder any dividend, voting, or liquidation rights. The description and terms of the Rights were set forth in a Rights Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2016, between us and Computershare Inc., as the Rights Agent. The Rights had certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights would have caused a substantial dilution to any person or group that attempted to acquire us without the approval of our Board of Directors. As a result, the overall effect of the Rights may have been to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us even if such acquisition may be favorable to the interests of our shareholders. Because our Board of Directors could redeem the Rights and amend the Rights Agreement in any respect prior to a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person, the Rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors. The Rights were originally set to expire on August 28, 2017. 110 Table of Contents Rights Agreement Amendment On June 23, 2017, we entered into an amendment (the “Rights Agreement Amendment”) to the Rights Agreement to extend the “Final Expiration Date” under the Rights Agreement to December 31, 2018. Pursuant to the terms of the Rights Agreement as amended, we had the ability to redeem the rights prior to the “Final Expiration Date” or to further amend the Rights Agreement to provide for an earlier “Final Expiration Date”. The “Final Expiration Date” under the Rights Agreement was not extended in response to any specific takeover bid or other proposal to acquire control. The Rights Agreement expired on its terms on December 31, 2018 and is no longer of any force or effect. Note T — Segment and Related Information We have identified two operating segments and both performance evaluation and resource allocation decisions are determined based on each operating segment’s income from operations. The operating segments are described further below: Patient Care — This segment consists of (i) our owned and operated patient care clinics, and (ii) our contracting and network management business. The patient care clinics provide services to design and fit O&P devices to patients. These clinics also instruct patients in the use, care, and maintenance of the devices. The principal reimbursement sources for our services are: ● Commercial private payors and other, which consist of individuals, rehabilitation providers, commercial insurance companies, HMOs, PPOs, hospitals, vocational rehabilitation, workers’ compensation programs, and similar sources; ● Medicare, a federally funded health insurance program providing health insurance coverage for persons aged 65 or older and certain persons with disabilities, which provides reimbursement for O&P products and services based on prices set forth in published fee schedules (generally with either 10 regional pricing areas or state level prices) for prosthetics and orthotics and by state for durable medical equipment (DMEPOS); ● Medicaid, a health insurance program jointly funded by federal and state governments providing health insurance coverage for certain persons requiring financial assistance, regardless of age, which may supplement Medicare benefits for persons aged 65 or older requiring financial assistance; and ● U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Our contract and network management business, known as Linkia, is the only network management company dedicated solely to serving the O&P market and is focused on managing the O&P services of national and regional insurance companies. We partner with healthcare insurance companies by securing a national or regional contract either as a preferred provider or to manage their O&P network of providers. Products & Services — This segment consists of our distribution business, which distributes and fabricates O&P products and components to sell to both the O&P industry and our own patient care clinics, and our therapeutic solutions business. The therapeutic solutions business leases and sells rehabilitation equipment and ancillary consumable supplies combined with equipment maintenance, education, and training. Corporate & Other — This consists of corporate overhead and includes unallocated expense such as personnel costs, professional fees, and corporate offices expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note A - “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Intersegment revenue primarily relates to sales of O&P components from the Products & Services segment to the Patient Care segment. The sales are priced at the cost of the related materials plus overhead. 111 Table of Contents We had no foreign and export sales or assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. For the Patient Care segment, government reimbursement, comprised of Medicare, Medicaid, and the VA, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately, 57.7%, 57.5%, and 56.5% of their net revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Additionally, for the Products & Services segment, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenues in 2020, 2019, or 2018, respectively. Summarized financial information concerning our reporting segments is shown in the following tables. (in thousands) Net revenue Third party Intersegments Total net revenue Material costs Third party suppliers Intersegments Total material costs Personnel expenses Other expenses Depreciation & amortization Impairment of intangible assets Segment income from operations Purchase of property, plant and equipment Purchase of therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases Patient Care For the Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 2020 Products & Services For the Year Ended December 31, 2018 2019 2020 $ $ $ $ $ 831,603 — 831,603 221,566 25,818 247,384 302,206 115,924 18,892 $ 905,691 — 905,691 250,407 24,394 274,801 319,633 151,140 18,541 — $ 147,197 — $ 141,576 857,382 — 857,382 234,409 23,792 258,201 312,736 140,527 19,113 — 126,805 10,607 $ 16,102 $ 12,781 $ $ $ 169,547 189,604 359,151 93,844 163,786 257,630 48,985 24,638 10,173 — 17,725 11,040 — $ — $ — $ 3,592 $ $ $ $ $ 192,355 203,496 395,851 107,364 179,102 286,466 52,592 28,178 10,650 — $ 17,965 191,378 192,096 383,474 103,608 168,304 271,912 51,353 24,306 10,197 183 25,523 2,368 6,672 $ $ 1,890 9,835 A reconciliation of the total of the reportable segment’s income (loss) from operations to consolidated income from operations is as follows: (in thousands) Income (loss) from operations Patient Care Products & Services Corporate & other Income from operations Interest expense, net Loss on extinguishment of debt Non-service defined benefit plan expense Income before income taxes Provision for income taxes Net income (loss) 2020 2019 2018 $ $ $ 147,197 17,725 (93,015) 71,907 32,445 — 632 38,830 638 38,192 $ $ 141,576 17,965 (94,113) 65,428 34,258 — 691 30,479 2,954 27,525 $ 126,805 25,523 (92,681) 59,647 37,566 16,998 703 4,380 5,238 (858) 112 Table of Contents A reconciliation of the reportable segment’s net revenue to consolidated net revenue is as follows: (in thousands) Net Revenue Patient Care Products & Services Corporate & other Consolidating adjustments Consolidated net revenue 2020 2019 2018 $ $ 831,603 359,151 $ — 905,691 395,851 $ — (189,604) 1,001,150 $ (203,496) 1,098,046 $ 857,382 383,474 — (192,096) 1,048,760 A reconciliation of the reportable segment’s material costs to consolidated material costs is as follows: (in thousands) Material costs Patient Care Products & Services Corporate & other Consolidating adjustments Consolidated material costs 2020 2019 2018 $ $ 247,384 257,630 $ — (189,604) 315,410 $ 274,801 286,466 $ — (203,496) 357,771 $ 258,201 271,912 — (192,096) 338,017 A reconciliation of the reportable segment’s purchase of property, plant and equipment to consolidated purchase of property, plant and equipment, including purchases of therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases, is as follows: (in thousands) Purchase of property, plant and equipment and therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases Patient Care Products & Services Property, plant and equipment Therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases Corporate & other 2020 2019 2018 $ 10,607 $ 16,102 $ 12,781 11,040 3,592 2,853 2,368 6,672 7,963 1,890 9,835 4,313 Total consolidated purchase of property, plant and equipment and therapeutic program equipment leased to third parties under operating leases $ 28,092 $ 33,105 $ 28,819 A reconciliation of the total of the reportable segment’s assets to consolidated assets is as follows: (in thousands) Assets Patient Care Products & Services Corporate & other Total consolidated assets Note U — Subsequent Events 2020 2019 $ $ 578,319 121,564 250,868 950,751 $ $ 552,644 105,673 183,936 842,253 During the first quarter of 2021, we completed the acquisitions of four O&P businesses for a total purchase price of $24.4 million. Total consideration transferred for these acquisitions is comprised of $19.3 million in cash consideration, $4.1 million in the form of notes to the former shareholders, and $1.0 million in additional consideration that has been withheld pending resolution of certain matters agreed upon with the seller of one business. Due to the proximity in time of these transactions to the filing of this Form 10-K, it is not practicable to provide a preliminary purchase price allocation of the fair value of the assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the acquisitions. Acquisition-related expenses related to these transactions were not material. 113 Table of Contents Note V — Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been derived from our unaudited quarterly financial statements on Forms 10-Q, which were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. Amounts are computed independently each quarter, therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the total amount for the respective year due to rounding. (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Net revenues Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization (Loss) income from operations Interest expense, net Non-service defined benefit plan expense (Loss) income before income taxes (Benefit) provision for income taxes Net (loss) income Other comprehensive (loss) income: Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax Unrealized gain (loss) on defined benefit plan, net of tax Comprehensive (loss) income Basic Per Common Share Data: Basic (loss) earnings per share Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Diluted Per Common Share Data: Diluted (loss) earnings per share Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 June 30, 2020 September 30, December 31, 2020 2020 $ $ $ $ $ 233,739 77,241 89,185 35,886 28,373 3,396 8,831 (9,173) 8,269 158 (17,600) (1,852) (15,748) (8,902) 29 (24,621) (0.42) 37,541,452 (0.42) 37,541,452 $ $ $ $ $ 233,434 69,972 73,822 8,277 31,874 1,749 8,879 38,861 8,636 158 30,067 (987) 31,054 (573) 27 30,508 0.82 37,958,408 0.81 38,325,872 $ $ $ $ $ 256,637 81,462 89,727 29,935 31,371 2,264 8,803 13,075 8,013 158 4,904 (1,911) 6,815 1,542 28 8,385 0.18 38,133,598 0.18 38,637,536 $ $ $ $ $ 277,340 86,735 98,457 25,756 27,146 1,768 8,334 29,144 7,527 158 21,459 5,388 16,071 1,299 (1,114) 16,256 0.42 38,157,402 0.41 38,911,299 114 Table of Contents (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Net revenues Material costs Personnel costs Other operating costs General and administrative expenses Professional accounting and legal fees Depreciation and amortization (Loss) income from operations Interest expense, net Non-service defined benefit plan expense (Loss) income before income taxes (Benefit) provision for income taxes Net (loss) income Other comprehensive (loss) income: Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax Unrealized gain (loss) on defined benefit plan, net of tax Comprehensive (loss) income Basic Per Common Share Data: Basic (loss) earnings per share Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Diluted Per Common Share Data: Diluted (loss) earnings per share Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 June 30, 2019 September 30, December 31, 2019 2019 $ $ $ $ $ 236,419 78,377 86,711 33,555 28,282 2,700 8,773 (1,979) 8,538 173 (10,690) (3,739) (6,951) (2,936) 6 (9,881) (0.19) 37,001,977 (0.19) 37,001,977 $ $ $ $ $ 281,098 91,399 91,490 33,741 29,358 3,247 8,760 23,103 8,481 173 14,449 4,414 10,035 (4,688) 6 5,353 0.27 37,299,766 0.26 37,887,559 $ $ $ $ $ 279,638 92,034 94,594 32,771 29,834 3,629 9,373 17,403 8,954 173 8,276 2,585 5,691 (1,641) 7 4,057 0.15 37,349,144 0.15 37,986,860 $ $ $ $ $ 300,891 95,961 99,430 34,876 30,591 4,113 9,019 26,901 8,285 172 18,444 (306) 18,750 2,064 (838) 19,976 0.50 37,411,847 0.49 38,415,108 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020. 115 Table of Contents Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the board of directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate in the future. Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and has concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION. None. 116 Table of Contents ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. PART III The information in the sections titled “Proposal 1: Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Principal Stockholders,” and, if necessary, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2021 (the “2021 Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein. Information with respect to our executive officers appears in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information required under this item with respect to executive officers is contained in Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Information About Our Executive Officers.” We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all our directors, officers and employees. The Code is available on our website, along with our current Corporate Governance Guidelines, at www.hanger.com. The Code and our Corporate Governance Guidelines are also available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy in writing from the Corporate Secretary of Hanger. We intend to disclose through our website any amendments to, or waivers from, the provisions of these codes. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. The information in the sections titled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Report of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee,” “Director Compensation,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. The information in the section titled “Principal Stockholders” in the 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. The information in the section titled “Corporate Governance Matters” in the 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES. The information in the section titled “Proposal 3: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein. 117 Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules: (1) Financial Statements: The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the financial statements set forth under Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of Part II of this Form 10-K. (2) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto. (3) Exhibits: See Part (b) of this Item 15. (b) Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference: Exhibit No. Document 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hanger, Inc., dated August 27, 2012. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 29, 2012.) Amended and Restated By-Laws of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., as amended effective February 2, 2012. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 6, 2012.) Credit Agreement, dated March 6, 2018, among Hanger, Inc. and the lenders and agents party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2018.) First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2020, among Hanger, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the revolving lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 7, 2020.) Description of Registrant’s Securities (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10- K for the year ended December 31, 2019.) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)* Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to Registrant’s Proxy Statement, dated April 2, 2010, relating to the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 13, 2010.)* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* 118 Table of Contents 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)* Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2019, between Thomas E. Hartman and Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 20, 2019.)* Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and between Vinit K. Asar and Hanger, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 20, 2019.)* Defined Contribution Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated May 1, 2013. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registration on May 13, 2013.)* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and between Samuel M. Liang and Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 20, 2019.)* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and between Thomas E. Kiraly and Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 20, 2019.)* Assignment of Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2017, by and among Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc., Hanger, Inc. and Vinit K. Asar. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.)* Assignment of Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2017, by and among Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc., Hanger, Inc. and Thomas E. Kiraly. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.)* Hanger, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Executives under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 18, 2016.)* Hanger, Inc. 2017 Special Equity Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 23, 2017.)* Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executives under the 2017 Special Equity Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 23, 2017.)* 119 Table of Contents 10.25 10.26 10.27 10.28 10.29 10.30 10.31 10.32 10.33 10.34 10.35 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the 2017 Special Equity Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 23, 2017.)* Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for Executives under the 2017 Special Equity Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 23, 2017.)* Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for Employees under the 2017 Special Equity Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 23, 2017.)* Hanger, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.)* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2019.)* Form of Non-Qualified Stock Unit Agreement for Employees under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2019.)* Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for Executives under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2019.)* Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2019.)* Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2019.)* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 11, 2019, by and between Scott Ranson and Hanger, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Current Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Registrant on March 14, 2019.)* Form of Employment Agreement by and between certain executive officers and Hanger, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Current Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Registrant on March 14, 2019.)* 10.36 Employment Agreement, dated November 2, 2020, between Peter A. Stoy and Hanger, Inc.* (Filed herewith.) 21 23 31.1 31.2 32 List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (Filed herewith.) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Filed herewith.) Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.) Written Statement of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.) Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.) 101.INS XBRL Instance Document. (Filed herewith.) 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. (Filed herewith.) 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. (Filed herewith.) 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. (Filed herewith.) 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. (Filed herewith.) 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase. (Filed herewith.) 120 Table of Contents 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.) * Management contract or compensatory plan ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY. None. 121 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Dated: March 1, 2021 HANGER, INC. By: /s/ VINIT K. ASAR Vinit K. Asar Chief Executive Officer 122 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 Dated: March 1, 2021 /s/ VINIT K. ASAR Vinit K. Asar Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ THOMAS E. KIRALY Thomas E. Kiraly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ GABRIELLE B. ADAMS Gabrielle B. Adams Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) /s/ ASIF AHMAD Asif Ahmad Director /s/ CHRISTOPHER B. BEGLEY Christopher B. Begley Director /s/ JOHN T. FOX John T. Fox Director /s/ THOMAS C. FREYMAN Thomas C. Freyman Director /s/ STEPHEN E. HARE Stephen E. Hare Director /s/ MARK M. JONES Mark M. Jones Director /s/ CYNTHIA L. LUCCHESE Cynthia L. Lucchese Director /s/ RICHARD R. PETTINGILL Richard R. Pettingill Director /s/ KATHRYN M. SULLIVAN Kathryn M. Sullivan Director 123 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT Exhibit 10.36 This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is dated as of November 2, 2020 (the "Effective Date") by and between HANGER, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Peter Stoy (the "Executive"). The Company and Executive agree as follows: WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company, as the Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, capitalized terms that are not defined when first used shall have the meanings given in Section 12. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements set forth below, both parties agree as follows: 1. Employment; Term. The Company agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive agrees to such employment by the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending upon termination pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 (the "Employment Period"). The Executive represents and warrants that the Executive is not subject to any restrictive covenants (including, without limitation, covenants not to compete and covenants not to solicit) that would prevent the Executive from entering into this Agreement or providing services on the Company's behalf. The Executive agrees not to use or disclose in the course of the Executive's employment with the Company any confidential information or trade secrets of any other Person. 2. Services. During the Employment Period, the Executive agrees (i) to devote the Executive's best efforts and full business time and attention to the business affairs of the Company and its affiliates and to the performance of the Executive's duties and responsibilities hereunder (except for periods of approved absence, including Vacation); (ii) to serve the Company as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer with such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such position, and to render such services as the Company's Chief Executive Officer or the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the Executive recognizes and agrees that the Company may change the Executive's job description as set forth in this Section 2 as a result of a good faith restructuring of the Company's or its affiliates' operations; (iii) that the Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Company, become engaged in or render services for any business other than the business of the Company or its affiliates; and (iv) that the Executive will follow the written policies and procedures of the Company and its affiliates, as set forth by the Company and its affiliates from time to time, as well as all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including with respect to healthcare. As of the Effective Date, the Company agrees that the Executive’s continued service on the board of directors of TransSouth Logistics shall not constitute a violation of this Section 2, provided such service does not interfere with the Executive’s duties hereunder. 3. Salary, Bonus, Equity Compensation, Other Benefits. In consideration for the valuable services to be rendered by the Executive and for the Executive's agreement not to disclose or use Confidential Information of the Company as described in Section 6 and not to compete against the Company as described in Section 7, the Company hereby agrees as follows: 3.1 Salary. The Company will pay the Executive a minimum base salary at the rate of Four Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($425,000.00) per annum, payable in accordance with the standard payroll practices of the Company (the "Base Salary"). The Executive shall be entitled to such increases in Base Salary during the Employment Period as shall be determined and approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, taking account of the performance of the Company and the Executive, and other factors generally considered relevant to the salaries of executives holding similar positions with enterprises comparable to the Company. Upon any such increase, the term Base Salary shall mean such increased amount. 3.2 Bonuses. (a) In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall participate in the Company's current bonus plan for senior corporate officers (the "Bonus Plan"), as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, commencing with the 2021 calendar year. The Executive's target bonus is fifty-five percent (55%) of the Base Salary earned during the calendar year (the "Target Bonus") and is contingent on the Executive meeting certain performance criteria and the Company achieving certain financial criteria, and up to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Salary earned during the calendar year (the "Maximum Bonus") if the Executive exceeds certain performance criteria and the Company exceeds certain financial criteria all as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors and its Compensation Committee. The Executive shall be entitled to such increases in the "Target Bonus" and the "Maximum Bonus" during the term hereof as shall be determined and approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, taking account of the performance of the Company and the Executive, and other factors generally considered relevant to the salaries of executives holding similar positions with enterprises comparable to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive or the Company fail to attain their minimum respective criteria in any given year, the Board of Directors and its Compensation Committee may, in their reasonable discretion, decline to award any bonus to the Executive. (b) The bonus described in Section 3.2(a) shall be payable between January 1 and March 15 (inclusive) of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is determined in accordance with the Company's normal practices. In the event that the Executive is employed for less than the full calendar year in the year in which the Executive's Termination Date occurs ("Termination Year"), the bonus payable to the Executive shall be subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement and calculated based on the Executive meeting certain performance criteria and the Company achieving certain year-end financial criteria, all as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. Such bonus shall be pro-rated for the portion of the Termination Year during which the Executive was 2 employed by the Company. With respect to the bonus for the Termination Year, any bonus payable pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be payable to the Executive between January 1 and March 15 (inclusive) of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is determined in accordance with the Company's normal practices. (c) For any year beginning during the twenty-four (24) month period following a Change in Control (the "Change in Control Period"), as well as for any year in which a Change in Control occurs if such Change in Control occurs prior to the grant of annual bonus opportunities for such year, to assure that Executive will have an opportunity to earn annual incentive compensation, the Executive shall be included in a bonus plan of the Company which shall satisfy the standards described above and in this Section 3(c) (such plan, the "Post-Change-in-Control Bonus Plan"). Bonuses under the Post-Change-in-Control Bonus Plan shall be payable with respect to achieving such financial or other goals reasonably related to the business of the Company as the Company shall establish (the "Goals"), all of which Goals shall be reasonably attainable, by the end of the year of grant, with approximately the same degree of probability as the most attainable goals under the Company's bonus plan or plans as in effect at any time during the 180-day period immediately prior to the Change in Control and in view of the Company's existing and projected financial and business circumstances applicable at the time. The amount of the bonus (the "Bonus Amount") that Executive is eligible to earn under the Post- Change-in-Control Bonus Plan shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Target Bonus for which the Executive was eligible in the year prior to the Change in Control for achievement of the target Goals, and no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Maximum Bonus for which the Executive was eligible in the year prior to the Change in Control for achievement exceeding the target Goals, and in the event the target level of Goals are not achieved, the Post-Change-in-Control Bonus Plan shall provide for a payment of a Bonus Amount equal to a portion of the Targeted Bonus reasonably related to that portion of the Goals which were achieved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, during a Change in Control Period, employees of the Company or the successor or acquirer in the Change in Control who are similarly situated to the Executive are eligible for greater bonus amounts than those provided by the foregoing sentence, then the Executive shall be eligible for a Bonus Amount no less than that offered to such similarly situated employees. In the event that the Executive is employed for less than the full year for which a Post-Change-in-Control Bonus Plan is in effect, the bonus payable to the Executive shall be determined as described in Section 3.2(b) except that no discretion may be applied to reduce the amount of the bonus otherwise payable to the Executive and any subjective performance objectives applicable to the bonus shall be deemed satisfied. As an incentive for the Executive's acceptance of employment with the Company, the Company shall pay Executive a sign-on bonus of Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) in January of 2021, subject to Executive’s continued employment through the date of payment. (d) 3.3 Equity-Based Compensation. In addition to the compensation described in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive may have the opportunity to receive equity-based awards relating to Shares in a manner consistent with any equity incentive plan adopted by the Company. The determination as to the number of shares subject to any such equity-based awards, and the (a) 3 other terms and conditions of such awards, shall be subject to the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. (b) The equity-based awards contemplated by Section 3.3 shall be evidenced by, in addition to the equity incentive plan under which they are granted, one or more award agreements (each, an "Award Agreement") between the Executive and the Company, which Award Agreement(s) shall provide for a vesting schedule of not more than four (4) years, in equal parts, of the award granted thereunder, except as provided in Section 3.3(e). Notwithstanding any provisions now or hereafter existing under any equity incentive plan of the Company, all equity- based awards granted to the Executive, including the Sign-On Grant, shall vest in full immediately upon the Termination Date except for termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 4.5 hereof, and, to the extent the equity-based awards held by the Executive on the Termination Date include stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar awards with an exercise or base price, the Executive (or the Executive's estate or legal representative, if applicable) shall thereafter have twelve (12) months from such Termination Date to exercise such awards, if applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of measuring the full vesting prescribed in the preceding sentence with respect to any equity-based awards subject to performance goals, such performance goals will be deemed satisfied at one hundred percent (100%) of the stated target level for the award. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Change in Control Period, the Executive will be entitled to receive annual grants of long-term incentive awards (the "Post-Change-in-Control LTI Grants") that shall satisfy the standards set forth above and that are no less favorable to the Executive than the equity incentive awards (excluding the Sign-On Grant) granted to the Executive in the year immediately preceding the Change in Control, including with respect to the grant date fair value of such awards, the applicable performance criteria, the manner in which the amount of incentive compensation earned is determined, the length of vesting periods or the other terms of such incentive compensation awards. In addition, the Post-Change-in-Control LTI Grants shall either (i) relate to, and be settled in, a class of equity that is listed and traded on a national securities exchange, or (ii) have a grant date fair value no lower than the equity incentive awards most recently granted to the Executive prior to the Change in Control and be settled in cash at the end of the applicable vesting or performance period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, during a Change in Control Period, employees of the Company or the successor or acquirer in the Change in Control who are similarly situated to the Executive receive annual grants of long-term incentive awards with a value greater than those to which the Executive would be entitled pursuant to the foregoing, then the Executive's Post-Change-in-Control LTI Grants shall have a value no less than the long-term incentive awards granted to such similarly situated employees. In addition, for purposes hereof, any grants made prior to a Change in Control that are designated as special or non-recurring awards shall not be considered in determining the Post-Change-in-Control LTI Grants. (d) Any equity-based awards granted to the Executive on or after the Effective Date that are outstanding immediately prior to a Change in Control shall be subject to the change in control provisions of the applicable equity incentive plan under which they were granted and of the applicable award agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. In addition, except to the extent any equity incentive plan of the Company or any other agreement between the Company and the Executive provides a more favorable result to the Executive, if, after a Change 4 in Control, the Executive's equity incentive awards do not relate to a class of equity that is listed and traded on a national securities exchange, then: (i) The Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company at any time after the Change in Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of each of the Executive's then-vested stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity-based awards the value of which is based on the appreciation of the value of a Share rather than the full value of a Share, regardless of when granted, an amount of cash equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such award over the exercise or grant price of such Shares subject to the award; and The Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company at any time after the Change in Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of each of the Executive's then-vested restricted Shares and each of the Executive's then- vested restricted stock unit, performance share and performance share unit awards, regardless of when granted, an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the number of Shares subject to such awards. (ii) (e) As an incentive for the Executive's acceptance of employment with the Company, the Company shall grant to the Executive a special grant of restricted stock units having a grant date value for accounting purposes of $200,000 (the "Sign-On Grant"). The Sign-On Grant shall vest ratably on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company, provided that no portion shall vest unless and until the Executive complies with the requirements of Section 3.6. If the Executive does not comply with the requirements of Section 3.6, then the Sign-On Grant and any other equity awards granted prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date will be cancelled without consideration as of the second anniversary of the Effective Date, without regard to any contrary terms in the equity award agreement. The Sign-On Grant shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, consistent with the terms and conditions of the applicable stock incentive plan and grant agreement. 3.4 Benefits. (a) The Executive shall be entitled to sick leave, medical and other benefits, including, without limitation, (i) five (5) weeks of Vacation per year (pro-rated for the remainder of 2020), (ii) participation in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Program ("SERP"), to be effective upon January 1, 2021, provided that notwithstanding the terms of the SERP, no portion of the SERP shall vest unless and until the Executive complies with the requirements of Section 3.6, and (iii) appropriate officers liability insurance (to the extent commercially reasonable for the Company to obtain such insurance), all of which are consistent with those received by other similarly-situated senior executives of the Company and its subsidiaries as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Executive’s level of contribution in the SERP shall be determined by the Board of Directors or a committee there of. The Executive shall receive the life insurance equal to whatever the Company provides to its employees with the premiums for such policy to be paid by the Company, and the Executive shall also receive the option to participate in the Company's supplemental life and accidental death and dismemberment policies, with the premiums for such 5 policies to be paid by the Executive, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of such policies as generally applied by the Company. (b) In addition to the foregoing, during any Change in Control Period, the Executive shall be included: (i) to the extent eligible thereunder (which eligibility shall not be conditioned on the Executive's salary grade or on any other requirement which excludes persons of comparable status to the Executive unless such exclusion was in effect for such plan or an equivalent plan at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control), in any and all plans providing benefits for the Company's salaried employees in general (including but not limited to group life insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, and long-term disability plans) and (ii) in plans provided to executives of the Company of comparable status and position to the Executive (including but not limited to deferred compensation, split-dollar life insurance, supplemental retirement and similar or comparable plans); provided, that in no event shall the aggregate level of benefits under the plans described in clause (i) and the plans described in clause (ii), respectively, in which the Executive is included be less than the aggregate level of benefits under plans of the Company of the type referred to in such clauses, respectively, in which Executive was participating immediately prior to the Change in Control; and provided further, that, the Executive's level of contribution in the SERP (or equivalent benefit) during any Change in Control Period shall not be less than the Executive's level of contribution in the SERP during the year prior to the Change in Control or the year in which the Change in Control occurred, whichever is greater. 3.5 Determination of Cap or Payment. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any portion of any payment under this Agreement, or under any other agreement or arrangement with the Executive or plan of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates (in the aggregate, "Total Payments"), would constitute an "excess parachute payment" and would, but for this Section 3.5, result in the imposition on the Executive of an excise tax under Code Section 4999 (the "Excise Tax"), then the Total Payments to be made to the Executive shall either be (i) delivered in full, or (ii) reduced to two hundred ninety-nine and ninety-nine one-hundredths percent (299.99%) of the Executive's "base amount" for purposes of Code Section 280G so that no portion of such Total Payments would be subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing results in the receipt by the Executive of the greatest benefit on an after-tax basis (taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax). (b) Within forty (40) days following a termination or notice by one party to the other of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due the Executive that will result in an excess parachute payment, the Company shall obtain, at its expense, the opinion (which need not be unqualified) of nationally recognized tax counsel ("Tax Counsel") selected by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which sets forth (i) the "base amount" within the meaning of Code Section 280G; (ii) the aggregate present value of the payments in the nature of compensation to the Executive as prescribed in Code Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii); (iii) the amount and present value of any "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(1); and (iv) the net after-tax proceeds to the Executive, taking into account the tax imposed under Code Section 4999 if (x) the Total Payments were delivered in full or (y) the Total Payments were reduced in accordance with Section 3.5(a). Such opinion shall be addressed to the Company and the Executive and shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. If such 6 opinion determines that clause (a)(ii) above applies, then the payments or benefits under this agreement or any other payment or benefit determined by Tax Counsel to be includable in the Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated so that under the bases of calculations set forth in such opinion there will be no excess parachute payment. In such event, payments or benefits included in the Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated by applying the following principles, in order: (1) the payment or benefit with the higher ratio of the parachute payment value to present economic value (determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions) shall be reduced or eliminated before a payment or benefit with a lower ratio; (2) the payment or benefit with the later payment date shall be reduced or eliminated before a payment or benefit with an earlier payment date; and (3) cash payments shall be reduced prior to non-cash benefits; provided that if the foregoing order of reduction or elimination would violate Code Section 409A, then the reduction shall be made pro rata among the payments or benefits to be received by the Executive (on the basis of the relative present value of the parachute payments). (c) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined in accordance with the principles of Code Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4), and (ii) the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest stated rate of federal income and employment taxation, and state and local income taxes at the highest stated rate of taxation in the state or locality of the Executive's domicile (determined in both cases in the calendar year in which the termination or notice described in Section 3.5(b) is given, whichever is earlier), net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes. (d) If such Tax Counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this Section 3.5, the Company shall obtain, at its expense, and the Tax Counsel may rely on, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to (1) the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by the Executive solely with respect to its status under Code Section 280G, or (2) the fair market value of any non-cash benefit. Such firm shall be selected by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. or 4999. If such provisions are repealed without successor, then this Section 3.5 shall be cancelled without further effect. (e) This Section 3.5 shall be amended to comply with any amendment or successor provision to Code Sections 280G 3.6 Relocation. The Executive is required to permanently relocate the Executive's and the Executive's family's primary residence to within fifty (50) miles of Austin, Texas (the “Austin Area”) on or before the second anniversary of the Effective Date. The Executive shall be deemed to have satisfied this requirement if the Executive has purchased his primary residence, moved his family’s household goods, and enrolled his minor-aged children in school in the Austin Area by the second anniversary of the Effective Date. For purposes of any benefits or equity awards that are contingent on the Executive satisfying the requirement of this Section 3.6, the Executive will be deemed to have met the requirement if his employment is terminated due to death or total and permanent disability prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date. In lieu of a standard relocation package, the Company shall: (i) pay Executive a total of One Hundred Thousand dollars ($100,000.00), which shall be paid in six equal monthly installments commencing in November of 2020, provided Executive remains employed with the 7 Company through the installment payment date, and (ii) reimburse Executive for (or pay directly) the costs incurred to move Executive’s household goods to the Austin Area. 4. Termination of Employment. 4.1 Death. The Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Executive's death. In the event of the death of the Executive, the Company shall pay to the estate or other legal representative of the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate in effect) and Vacation as accrued through the Termination Date and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the estate or other legal representative of the Executive under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 4.2 Disability. If the Executive shall incur a Disability, the employment of the Executive shall be terminated. In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and Vacation accrued through the Termination Date and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 4.3 Due Cause. The employment of the Executive hereunder may be terminated by the Company at any time for Due Cause. In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and Vacation accrued through the Termination Date and not theretofore paid to the Executive. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 4.4 Termination by the Company Without Cause. (a) The Company may terminate the Executive's employment at any time, for whatever reason it deems appropriate or without reason; provided, however, that in the event that such termination is not pursuant to Section 4.1 (Death); Section 4.2 (Disability); Section 4.3 (Due Cause); Section 4.5 (Voluntary Termination); or Section 4.6 (Retirement), the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and Vacation accrued through the Termination Date and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). In addition to the payments described in Section 4.4(a), the Company shall pay to the Executive, on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the Termination Date, a lump sum in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months (twenty-four (24) months if the Termination Date is during a Change in Control Period) of the monthly Base Salary (b) 8 and an additional bonus payment equal to one and one-half (1.5) times (two (2.0) times, if the Termination Date is during a Change in Control Period) the Target Bonus for the Termination Year (collectively, the "Severance Payment"). In addition, the Company shall for eighteen (18) months (twenty- four (24) months if the Termination Date is during a Change in Control Period) following the Termination Date, (i) reimburse the Executive for the Executive's reasonable costs of medical and dental coverage as provided under COBRA (which shall be extended by six (6) months if the Termination Date is during a Change in Control Period), (ii) reimburse the Executive for the Executive's reasonable costs incurred in maintaining the Executive's life and disability coverage, and (iii) reimburse the Executive for similar, applicable benefits granted to the Executive in Section 3.4, each at levels substantially equivalent to those provided by the Company to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of employment (including such other benefits as shall be provided to senior corporate officers of the Company in lieu of such benefits from time to time during the eighteen (18) or twenty- four (24) month payment period, as applicable), on the same basis, including the Company's payment of premiums and contributions, as such benefits are provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company or were provided to the Executive prior to the termination; provided, however, that no further contribution to the SERP shall be made to the benefit of the Executive following the Termination Date, in accordance with the SERP's terms. Reimbursements of expenses which provide for nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, if any, shall not be paid before six (6) months and one day after the Executive's Termination Date. The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year. Reimbursements shall be paid on or before the last day of the Executive's taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. In addition, for a period of eighteen (18) months immediately following the Executive's Termination Date, the Executive will be provided with outplacement services commensurate with those provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company through a vendor selected by the Company. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. (c) Notwithstanding Section 4.4(b), in the event that (i) the Executive is not a Specified Employee, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Severance Payment within forty-five (45) days from the Termination Date and the six (6) month delay for reimbursements shall cease to apply, or (ii) the Executive is a Specified Employee and the death of the Executive occurs within six (6) months following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive's estate any unpaid portion of the amounts due to be paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.4(b) within forty-five (45) days following the Executive's death. If the Executive's estate or legal representative fails to notify the Company of the death of the Executive such that the Company is unable to make timely payment hereunder, then the Company shall not be treated as in breach of this Agreement and shall not be liable to the estate or legal representative for any losses, damages, or other claims resulting from such late payment. under Section 4.4(b) unless the Executive has first (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments 9 duly and timely executed (and not revoked) a form of mutual agreement and general release acceptable to the Company releasing both the Company and the Executive from certain claims the other party may have in connection with the Executive's employment with the Company and the termination thereof, to the extent permitted by law. 4.5 Voluntary Termination. The Executive may terminate the Executive's employment with the Company at any time and the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and Vacation accrued through the Termination Date and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). In the event the Executive terminates the Executive's employment under this Section 4.5, written notice of at least thirty (30) days shall be provided to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 9. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 4.6 Retirement. In the event of the Executive's Retirement, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and Vacation accrued through the date of Retirement and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 5. Good Reason Termination Following Change in Control. If during a Change in Control Period there occurs: 4.2 (Disability) or Section 4.3 (Due Cause); (a) any purported termination of the Executive by the Company not in accordance with Section 4.1 (Death), Section immediately prior to the Change in Control or at any time thereafter; (b) a material diminution of the Executive's responsibilities, as compared to the Executive's responsibilities (c) the Company's notification of the Executive of its intent, at least sixty (60) days in advance, to change the location of the Executive's principal place of employment with the Company to a location that is at least fifty (50) miles away from the location of the Executive's principal place of employment prior to such change, unless such new location is no farther from the Executive's then-current residence than the immediately prior location; the Company's failure to satisfy the sixty (60) day advance notice of relocation requirement set forth in Section 5(c) above (it being understood that the Executive shall not, in such event, be required to relocate to terminate the Executive's employment pursuant to this Section 5); (d) (e) any breach by the Company of Section 3.2(c), Section 3.3(c), Section 3.3(d) or Section 3.4(b); or 10 (f) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company; then, at the option of the Executive, exercisable by the Executive within ninety (90) days after the Executive's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, the Executive may resign employment with the Company (or, if involuntarily terminated, give notice of the Executive's intention to collect benefits under this Agreement) by delivering a notice in writing (the "Notice of Termination") to the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of a resignation based on a material breach of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5(f), the Company shall have thirty (30) days from its receipt of the Notice of Termination to cure the breach, if curable, and, if the Company fails to cure the breach within such thirty (30) day period, then the Executive's resignation shall become effective upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Upon the Executive's resignation or notice following an involuntary termination pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Base Salary and Vacation accrued to the Termination Date and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable). In addition, the Company shall pay to the Executive on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the Termination Date the Severance Payment (calculated, for the avoidance of doubt, using twenty-four (24) months of Base Salary and two (2) times the Target Bonus for the Termination Year). In addition, the Company shall, for twenty-four (24) months following the Termination Date, (i) reimburse the Executive for the Executive's reasonable costs of medical and dental coverage as provided under COBRA (which shall be extended by six (6) months if the Termination Date is during a Change in Control Period), (ii) reimburse the Executive for the Executive's reasonable costs incurred in maintaining the Executive's life and disability coverage, and (iii) reimburse the Executive for similar, applicable benefits granted to the Executive in Section 3.4, each at levels substantially equivalent to those provided by the Company to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of the Executive's employment (including such other benefits as shall be provided to senior corporate officers of the Company in lieu of such benefits from time to time during the twenty-four (24) month period), on the same basis, including the Company's payment of premiums and contributions, as such benefits are provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company or were provided to the Executive prior to the termination; provided, however, that no further contribution to the SERP shall be made to the benefit of the Executive following the Termination Date, in accordance with the SERP's terms. Reimbursements of expenses which provide for nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, if any, shall not be paid before six (6) months and one day after the Executive's Termination Date. The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year. Reimbursements shall be paid on or before the last day of the Executive's taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. In addition, for a period of eighteen (18) months immediately following the Executive's Termination Date, the Executive will be provided with outplacement services commensurate with those provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company through a vendor selected by the Company. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the rights and benefits of the Executive or the Executive's transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs. 11 (g) Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this Section 5, in the event that (i) the Executive is not a Specified Employee, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Severance Payment within forty-five (45) days from the Termination Date and the six (6) month delay for reimbursements shall cease to apply, or (ii) the Executive is a Specified Employee and the death of the Executive occurs within six (6) months following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive's estate any unpaid portion of the amounts due to be paid to the Executive pursuant to this Section 5 within forty-five (45) days following the Executive's death. If the Executive's estate or legal representative fails to notify the Company of the death of the Executive such that the Company is unable to make timely payment hereunder, then the Company shall not be treated as in breach of this Agreement and shall not be liable to the estate or legal representative for any losses, damages, or other claims resulting from such late payment. (h) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments under this Section 5 unless the Executive has first duly and timely executed (and not revoked) the form of mutual agreement and general release acceptable to the Company releasing both the Company and the Executive from certain claims the other party may have in connection with the Executive's employment with the Company and the termination thereof, to the extent permitted by law. 6. Confidential Information; Return of Property; Inventions. Unless the Executive secures the Company's written consent, the Executive will not, during the Employment Period and for an unlimited period of time thereafter, disclose, use, disseminate, lecture upon, or publish Confidential Information, whether or not such Confidential Information was developed by the Executive. 6.1 6.2 "Confidential Information" means information disclosed to the Executive or known by the Executive as a result of the Executive's employment with the Company, not generally known in the industry, about the Company's and/or its affiliates' services, products, or customers, including, but not limited to, clinical programs, procedures and protocols, research, operating manuals, business methods, financial strategic planning, client retention, customer and supplier lists, data processing, insurance plans, risk management, marketing, contracting, selling and employees, as well as all protected health information, as defined by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended ("PHI"). 6.3 The Executive agrees to preserve for the Company's exclusive use and deliver to the Company at the termination of the Executive's employment, or at any other time the Company may request, all equipment and property (including, without limitation, tools, computers, mobile communication devices and furniture) and all memoranda, data, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents, whether in electronic, written or other form (and copies thereof), relating to the business of the Company, including, without limitation, PHI, that the Executive may then possess or have under the Executive's control. 6.4 Limits on Confidentiality Requirements. making a report with, any governmental authority (a) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to discourage or restrict the Executive from communicating with, or 12 regarding a good faith belief of any violations of law or regulations based on information that the Executive acquired through lawful means in the course of the Executive's employment, including such disclosures protected or required by any whistleblower law or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other appropriate governmental authority. (b) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to discourage or restrict the Executive from reporting any theft of Trade Secrets pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (the "DTSA") or other applicable state or federal law. The DTSA prohibits retaliation against an employee because of whistleblower activity in connection with the disclosure of Trade Secrets, so long as any such disclosure is made either (i) in confidence to an attorney or a federal, state, or local government official and solely to report or investigate a suspected violation of the law, or (ii) under seal in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding. (c) If the Executive believes that any employee or any third party has misappropriated or improperly used or disclosed Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, the Executive should report such activity through the Company's Open Door Policy (as provided in the Employee Handbook and/or any other then applicable policies and procedures of the Company) or Compliance Hotline. This Agreement is in addition to and not in lieu of any obligations to protect the Company's Trade Secrets and Confidential Information pursuant to the Employee Handbook and/or any other then applicable policies and procedures of the Company and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors and Employees. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit, curtail or diminish the Company's statutory rights under the DTSA, any applicable state law regarding trade secrets or common law. 7. Non-Compete. 7.1 The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that by virtue of signing this Agreement and accepting employment hereunder, Executive will receive training materials, Trade Secrets and other Confidential Information and will acquire additional valuable training and knowledge, enhance the Executive's professional skills and experience, and learn additional proprietary Trade Secrets and Confidential Information of the Company and its affiliates. In consideration of the foregoing and this contract of employment, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not, during the Executive's term of employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date, directly or indirectly (i) engage, whether as principal, agent, investor, representative, stockholder (other than as the holder of not more than five percent (5%) of the stock or equity of any corporation the capital stock of which is publicly traded), employee, consultant, volunteer or otherwise, with or without pay, in any activity or business venture anywhere within the contiguous United States that is competitive with the Business, (ii) solicit or entice or endeavor to solicit or entice away from the Company and/or its affiliates any director, officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company and/or its affiliates with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive's employment with the Company, either on the Executive's own account or for any Person, firm, corporation or other organization, regardless of whether the Person solicited would commit any breach of such Person's contract of employment by reason of leaving the Company's or any of its affiliates' service; (iii) solicit or entice or endeavor to solicit or entice away any of the referral sources, clients or customers of the Company and/or any of its affiliates with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive's employment with the Company for the purpose of competing in the Business, either on the Executive's own account 13 or for any other Person, firm, corporation or organization; (iv) employ or otherwise utilize (whether as a consultant, advisor or otherwise) any Person who was a director, officer, or employee of the Company and/or its affiliates at any time during the two (2) years preceding the Termination Date and with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive's employment with the Company, unless such Person's employment was terminated by the Company and/or its affiliates; or (v) employ or otherwise utilize (whether as a consultant, advisor or otherwise) any Person with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive's employment with the Company and who is or may be likely to be in possession of any Confidential Information. The Executive agrees that the restraints imposed under this Section 7 are reasonable and not unduly harsh or oppressive. The parties hereto agree that if, in any proceeding, the Court or other authority shall refuse to enforce covenants set forth in this Section 7, because such covenants cover too extensive a geographic area or too long a period of time, any such covenant shall be deemed appropriately amended and modified in keeping with the intention of the parties to the maximum extent permitted by law. 7.2 Since a material purpose of this Agreement is to protect the Company's investment in the Executive and to secure the benefits of the Executive's background and general experience in the industry, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of Section 6 or this Section 7 and that any such breach will cause the Company irreparable harm. Therefore, in the event of a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of Section 6 or this Section 7, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement. The Executive specifically authorizes and permits the Company to provide any Person with which the Executive serves (or may serve) as an employee, director, owner, stockholder, consultant, partner (limited or general) or otherwise with a copy of this Agreement or a general description of some or all of the terms of this Agreement. 7.3 8. Miscellaneous. 8.1 Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. The parties agree that (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof are for any reason whatsoever invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (ii) such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions shall be automatically replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable and (iii) the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. 8.2 and their respective successors and assigns. 8.3 This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive and the Company, 14 8.4 Assignment. 8.4.1 By the Company. The Company shall require any successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law and this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, the Company, as so defined. The Company and the Executive agree that the Company may not assign this Agreement without the express, written consent of the Executive. 8.4.2 By the Executive. The Executive may not assign this Agreement or any part thereof without the prior written consent of a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude one or more beneficiaries of the Executive from receiving any amount that may be payable following the occurrence of the Executive's legal incompetency or death and shall not preclude the legal representative of the Executive's estate from receiving such amount or from assigning any right hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under the Executive's will or, in the case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of intestacy applicable to the Executive's estate. The term "beneficiaries," as used in this Agreement, shall mean a beneficiary or beneficiaries so designated to receive any such amount or, if no beneficiary has been so designated, the legal representative of the Executive (in the event of the Executive's incompetency) or the Executive's estate. 8.5 All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of the Agreement will be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Texas. All disputes under this Agreement shall be submitted to and governed by binding arbitration with an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association; except only that the Company may seek relief in a court of competent jurisdiction in the event of a claimed violation of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement. The Executive hereby agrees that any action or proceeding regarding or relating to this Agreement that is properly submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction as described in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas, County of Travis, or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, and each of the parties hereto consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party hereto anywhere in the world. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall unilaterally have the right to amend this Agreement to comply with Section 409A of the Code. 8.6 counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to 8.7 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate 15 be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The parties further agree that facsimile signatures or signatures scanned into .pdf (or similar) format and sent by e-mail shall be deemed original signatures. 9. Notices. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or at such other address as such party may subsequently be designated by like notice: If to the Company: Hanger, Inc. Suite 300 10910 Domain Drive Austin, Texas 78758 Attention: Senior Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer If to the Executive: Peter Stoy 357 Evian Way Mount Pleasant, SC 29464 10. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive's beneficiaries, including the Executive's estate, shall be subject to withholding of such amounts relating to taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, in whole or in part, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accept other provisions for payment of taxes as permitted by law, provided it is satisfied in its sole discretion that all requirements of law affecting its responsibilities to withhold such taxes have been satisfied. 11. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations. 12. Definitions. "Business" shall mean any competitive business of any of the following: (a) fabricating, manufacturing, distributing, wholesaling or retailing of orthotics or prosthetics, or the operation of clinics to fit patients for orthotics or prosthetics; (b) orthotic and prosthetic network management, care and administration; (c) the business of providing rehabilitative 12.1 16 products (cold therapy, continuous passive motion, or similar products) and services directly to patients; (d) integrated clinical physical therapy programs for sub-acute and long-term care rehabilitation providers (including, without limitation, skilled nursing facilities, home health agencies, outpatient clinics and other rehabilitation providers), combining medical technology with evidence-based clinical protocols; and/or (e) or any other related businesses in which the Company and/or its affiliates is engaged during and at the termination of the Employment Period. For avoidance of doubt, volunteer work and/or teaching at an educational institution shall not be deemed activities within the Business. 12.2 "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) a person, as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Executive or a group including the Executive), either (i) acquires twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company having the right to vote in elections of directors and such acquisition shall not have been approved within sixty (60) days following such acquisition by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) then in office, or (ii) acquires fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company having a right to vote in elections of directors; or (b) Continuing Directors shall for any reason cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or the Company disposes of all or substantially all of the business of the Company to a party or parties other than a subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company pursuant to a partial or complete liquidation of the Company, sale of assets (including stock of a subsidiary of the Company) or otherwise; or (c) the Board of Directors approves the Company's consolidation or merger with or into any other Person (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any other Person's consolidation or merger with or into the Company, which results in all or part of the outstanding shares of Stock being changed in any way or converted into or exchanged for stock or other securities or cash or any other property. (d) "Continuing Director" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who either was a member of the Board of Directors on the date hereof or who subsequently became a Director of the Company and whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors then in office. 12.3 "Disability" means that the Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. 12.4 "Due Cause" means any of: (i) the repeated failure or refusal of the Executive to follow the lawful directives of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Board of Directors (except due to sickness, injury or disabilities), (ii) gross inattention to duty or any other willful, reckless or grossly negligent act (or omission to act) by the Executive, which, in 12.5 17 the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Board of Directors, materially injures the Company, including the repeated failure to follow the written policies and procedures of the Company, (iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Executive, including the failure to timely comply with the requirements of Section 3.6, after written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure, if curable (provided that such opportunity to cure will not apply if the opportunity to cure described in the following sentence following a Change in Control applies), (iv) the commission by the Executive of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or an act of financial dishonesty against the Company or any of its affiliates. Following a Change in Control, any determination of Due Cause shall be made only by the Board of Directors or by the board of directors of the successor or acquirer in the Change in Control, which may terminate the Executive for Due Cause only after providing Executive (a) written notice that indicates in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for such termination, (b) a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure such facts or circumstances, if curable, (c) the opportunity to appear before such board (with the accompaniment of counsel) and provide rebuttal to such proposed termination, and (d) written notice following such appearance confirming such termination and certifying that the decision to terminate the Executive for Due Cause was approved in good faith by at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the members of such board; provided that the requirements of this sentence shall apply only if the termination for Due Cause occurs, or is initiated by delivery of a written notice pursuant to clause (a), during the Change in Control Period. 12.6 "Fair Market Value" shall mean, per Share on a particular date, the last sales price on such date on the national securities exchange on which the Shares are then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if no sales of Shares occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange. If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, but are traded in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices) for the Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares on that market, will be used. If the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion shall be used. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, following a Change in Control, if the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by an independent appraisal, performed by an independent appraisal firm selected by the mutual agreement of the Company and the Executive, will be used to determine Fair Market Value. a trust, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department or agency thereof. 12.7 "Person" shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, 12.8 "Retirement" shall mean the Executive's voluntary termination of employment at or after age sixty-five (65), provided the Executive has given the Company written notice of the Executive's intent to retire no less than one (1) year prior to the scheduled Termination Date and the Executive has, as of the scheduled Termination Date, been continuously employed with the Company, including any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, for a period of no less than 18 five (5) years. 12.9 The Executive will be a "Specified Employee" if the Executive is a key employee (as defined in Code Section 416(i) but without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) of the Company or an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b) or (c)) any of the stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as determined at the time of the Executive's "separation from service". The Executive is a key employee under Code Section 416(i) if the Executive meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii), applied in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 416, but disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5), at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on an identification date. For purposes of determining whether the Executive is a key employee, compensation shall mean wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the amount of remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed. If the Executive is a key employee as of an identification date, the Executive is treated as a key employee for the twelve (12) month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. The identification date for this Agreement shall be December 31 of each year, such that if the Executive satisfies the foregoing requirements for key employee status as of December 31 of a year, the Executive shall be treated as a key employee for the twelve (12) month period starting April 1 of the following calendar year. If, in a transaction constituting a "change in control" of the Company, as determined by Code Section 409A, the Company is merged with or acquired by another entity, and immediately following such change in control of the Company the stock of either the Company or the acquirer or successor in such transaction is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then for the period between the date of such transaction and the next specified employee effective date of the acquirer or survivor, the acquirer or survivor shall combine the lists of the specified employees of each entity participating in the transaction and re-order the list to identify the top 50 key employees (as well as one percent (1%) and five percent (5%) owners that are considered key employees) in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(i)(6)(i). common stock of the Company or any other security used to determine the value of the equity-based compensation of the Executive. 12.10 "Share" shall mean a share of the common stock of the Company or, following a Change in Control, a share of the 12.11 "Termination Date" shall mean (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than death or Disability, the Executive's last day of work; (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the effective date of the Disability, as the case may be; and (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive, the expiration date of the applicable notice period that is required pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Termination Date shall be earlier than the date as of which the Executive has incurred a "separation from service" within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code ("Code") Section 409A, as determined by applying the default rules thereof. process, financial data, or list of actual or 12.12 "Trade Secret" shall mean information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, 19 potential customers or suppliers that: (a) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Section 3.4(a). 12.13 "Vacation" shall mean the Executive's entitlement to paid vacation pursuant to the Company's vacation policy and [The next page is the signature page.] 20 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. HANGER, INC. By: /s/ Vinit Asar /s/ Peter Stoy Subsidiaries of Hanger, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 Exhibit 21 Name Accelerated Care Plus Corp. Accelerated Care Plus Leasing, Inc. Advanced O & P Solutions, L.L.C. Advanced Prosthetics Center, LLC Boas Surgical, Inc. Bolak & Associates, Inc. Center for Orthotic & Prosthetic Care of North Carolina, Inc. Center for Orthotic & Prosthetic Care of Scranton, LLC Chicagoland Animal Orthotics & Prosthetics LLC Hanger, Inc. Hanger Fabrication Network LLC Hanger National Laboratories, LLC Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc. Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc. Innovative Neurotronics, Inc. Linkia, LLC MMAR Medical Group, Inc. Nascott, Inc. Next Step Orthopaedics, Inc. Nobbe Orthopedics, Inc. Reichert Prosthetics & Orthotics, LLC Riverview Orthotics Prosthetics, Inc. Rod O'Connor Enterprises, Inc. Sawtooth Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc. Scheck & Siress Prosthetics, Inc. Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc. SureFit Shoes, LLC Symbiont Logistics, LLC The Center for Orthotic & Prosthetic Care of Kentucky, LLC Tidewater Prosthetic Center Inc. TMC Orthopedic, LP Verhi, Inc. State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization Delaware Delaware Illinois Nebraska Pennsylvania Michigan North Carolina Pennsylvania Illinois Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware Delaware California Delaware Maryland Texas Delaware New Jersey California Wisconsin Pennsylvania California Idaho Illinois Georgia Delaware Delaware Kentucky Virginia Texas Florida CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-231610, No. 333-228488 and No. 333- 169203) and Form S-3 (No. 333-248701) of Hanger, Inc. of our report dated March 1, 2021 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. Exhibit 23 /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Austin, Texas March 1, 2021 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑‑Oxley Act and Rule 13a‑‑ 14(a) or 15d‑‑14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Exhibit 31.1 I, Vinit K. Asar, certify that: 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hanger, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) b) c) d) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors, and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) b) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Dated: March 1, 2021 By: /s/ VINIT K. ASAR Vinit K. Asar Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑‑Oxley Act and Rule 13a‑‑ 14(a) or 15d‑‑14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Exhibit 31.2 I, Thomas E. Kiraly, certify that: 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hanger, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) b) c) d) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors, and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) b) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Dated: March 1, 2021 By: /s/ THOMAS E. KIRALY Thomas E. Kiraly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑‑Oxley Act of 2002 Exhibit 32 Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Hanger, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based on our knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ VINIT K. ASAR Vinit K. Asar Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ THOMAS E. KIRALY Thomas E. Kiraly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Dated: March 1, 2021 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above